forked from qt-creator/qt-creator
Merge branch '2.7'
This commit is contained in:
1
.gitignore
vendored
1
.gitignore
vendored
@@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ Thumbs.db
|
||||
|
||||
# qtcreator generated files
|
||||
*.pro.user*
|
||||
*.qbs.user*
|
||||
*.qmlproject.user*
|
||||
*.pluginspec
|
||||
*.json
|
||||
|
||||
4
doc/api/qtcreator-dev-online-qt4.qdocconf
Normal file
4
doc/api/qtcreator-dev-online-qt4.qdocconf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
|
||||
# Run qdoc from the directory that contains this file.
|
||||
include(../config/compat.qdocconf)
|
||||
include(qtcreator-dev-online.qdocconf)
|
||||
|
||||
3
doc/api/qtcreator-dev-qt4.qdocconf
Normal file
3
doc/api/qtcreator-dev-qt4.qdocconf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
||||
# Run qdoc from the directory that contains this file.
|
||||
include(../config/compat.qdocconf)
|
||||
include(qtcreator-dev.qdocconf)
|
||||
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
|
||||
alias.i = e
|
||||
alias.include = input
|
||||
|
||||
macro.li = "\\o"
|
||||
macro.0 = "\\\\0"
|
||||
macro.b = "\\\\b"
|
||||
macro.b = "\\bold"
|
||||
macro.n = "\\\\n"
|
||||
macro.r = "\\\\r"
|
||||
macro.i = "\\o"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,17 +2,17 @@ macro.aacute.HTML = "á"
|
||||
macro.Aring.HTML = "Å"
|
||||
macro.aring.HTML = "å"
|
||||
macro.Auml.HTML = "Ä"
|
||||
macro.author = "\\bold{Author:}"
|
||||
macro.author = "\\b{Author:}"
|
||||
macro.br.HTML = "<br />"
|
||||
macro.BR.HTML = "<br />"
|
||||
macro.copyright.HTML = "©"
|
||||
macro.eacute.HTML = "é"
|
||||
macro.gui = "\\bold"
|
||||
macro.gui = "\\b"
|
||||
macro.hr.HTML = "<hr />"
|
||||
macro.iacute.HTML = "í"
|
||||
macro.key = "\\bold"
|
||||
macro.menu = "\\bold"
|
||||
macro.note = "\\bold{Note:}"
|
||||
macro.key = "\\b"
|
||||
macro.menu = "\\b"
|
||||
macro.note = "\\b{Note:}"
|
||||
macro.oslash.HTML = "ø"
|
||||
macro.ouml.HTML = "ö"
|
||||
macro.QA = "Qt Assistant"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -46,7 +46,6 @@ outputdir = $OUTDIR
|
||||
exampledirs = $SRCDIR/api/examples
|
||||
indexes = qt.index
|
||||
|
||||
include(compat.qdocconf)
|
||||
include(macros.qdocconf)
|
||||
include(qt-cpp-ignore.qdocconf)
|
||||
include(qt-defines.qdocconf)
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ exampledirs = $SRCDIR/examples \
|
||||
$SRCDIR/snippets
|
||||
indexes = qt.index
|
||||
|
||||
include(compat.qdocconf)
|
||||
include(macros.qdocconf)
|
||||
include(qt-cpp-ignore.qdocconf)
|
||||
include(qt-defines.qdocconf)
|
||||
|
||||
33
doc/doc.pri
33
doc/doc.pri
@@ -1,9 +1,11 @@
|
||||
greaterThan(QT_MAJOR_VERSION, 4) {
|
||||
HELPGENERATOR = $$targetPath($$[QT_INSTALL_BINS]/qhelpgenerator) -platform minimal
|
||||
QDOC_BIN = $$targetPath($$[QT_INSTALL_BINS]/qdoc)
|
||||
COMPAT =
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
HELPGENERATOR = $$targetPath($$[QT_INSTALL_BINS]/qhelpgenerator)
|
||||
QDOC_BIN = $$targetPath($$[QT_INSTALL_BINS]/qdoc3)
|
||||
COMPAT = -qt4
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -13,20 +15,13 @@ VERSION_TAG = $$replace(QTCREATOR_VERSION, "[-.]", )
|
||||
# of URLs for the links to the Qt documentation
|
||||
QMAKE_DOCS_INSTALLDIR =
|
||||
|
||||
defineReplace(cmdEnv) {
|
||||
!equals(QMAKE_DIR_SEP, /): 1 ~= s,^(.*)$,(set \\1) &&,g
|
||||
return("$$1")
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
defineReplace(qdoc) {
|
||||
equals(QMAKE_DIR_SEP, /) { # unix, mingw+msys
|
||||
QDOC = SRCDIR=$$PWD OUTDIR=$$1 QTC_VERSION=$$QTCREATOR_VERSION QTC_VERSION_TAG=$$VERSION_TAG $$QDOC_BIN
|
||||
} else:win32-g++* { # just mingw
|
||||
# The lack of spaces in front of the && is necessary!
|
||||
QDOC = set SRCDIR=$$PWD&& set OUTDIR=$$1&& set QTC_VERSION=$$QTCREATOR_VERSION&& set QTC_VERSION_TAG=$$VERSION_TAG&& $$QDOC_BIN
|
||||
} else { # nmake
|
||||
QDOC = set SRCDIR=$$PWD $$escape_expand(\\n\\t) \
|
||||
set OUTDIR=$$1 $$escape_expand(\\n\\t) \
|
||||
set QTC_VERSION=$$QTCREATOR_VERSION $$escape_expand(\\n\\t) \
|
||||
set QTC_VERSION_TAG=$$VERSION_TAG $$escape_expand(\\n\\t) \
|
||||
$$QDOC_BIN
|
||||
}
|
||||
return($$QDOC)
|
||||
return("$$cmdEnv(SRCDIR=$$PWD OUTDIR=$$1 QTC_VERSION=$$QTCREATOR_VERSION QTC_VERSION_TAG=$$VERSION_TAG) $$QDOC_BIN")
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_FILE = $$OUT_PWD/doc/html/qtcreator.qhp
|
||||
@@ -40,13 +35,13 @@ HELP_DEP_FILES = $$PWD/src/qtcreator.qdoc \
|
||||
$$PWD/config/qt-defines.qdocconf \
|
||||
$$PWD/config/qt-html-templates.qdocconf \
|
||||
$$PWD/config/qt-html-default-styles.qdocconf \
|
||||
$$PWD/qtcreator.qdocconf
|
||||
$$PWD/qtcreator$${COMPAT}.qdocconf
|
||||
|
||||
html_docs.commands = $$qdoc($$OUT_PWD/doc/html) $$PWD/qtcreator.qdocconf
|
||||
html_docs.commands = $$qdoc($$OUT_PWD/doc/html) $$PWD/qtcreator$${COMPAT}.qdocconf
|
||||
html_docs.depends += $$HELP_DEP_FILES
|
||||
html_docs.files = $$QHP_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
html_docs_online.commands = $$qdoc($$OUT_PWD/doc/html) $$PWD/qtcreator-online.qdocconf
|
||||
html_docs_online.commands = $$qdoc($$OUT_PWD/doc/html) $$PWD/qtcreator-online$${COMPAT}.qdocconf
|
||||
html_docs_online.depends += $$HELP_DEP_FILES
|
||||
|
||||
qch_docs.commands = $$HELPGENERATOR -o \"$$QCH_FILE\" $$QHP_FILE
|
||||
@@ -66,12 +61,12 @@ DEV_HELP_DEP_FILES = \
|
||||
$$PWD/api/first-plugin.qdoc \
|
||||
$$PWD/api/plugin-specifications.qdoc \
|
||||
$$PWD/api/plugin-lifecycle.qdoc \
|
||||
$$PWD/api/qtcreator-dev.qdocconf
|
||||
$$PWD/api/qtcreator-dev$${COMPAT}.qdocconf
|
||||
|
||||
dev_html_docs.commands = $$qdoc($$OUT_PWD/doc/html-dev) $$PWD/api/qtcreator-dev.qdocconf
|
||||
dev_html_docs.commands = $$qdoc($$OUT_PWD/doc/html-dev) $$PWD/api/qtcreator-dev$${COMPAT}.qdocconf
|
||||
dev_html_docs.depends += $$DEV_HELP_DEP_FILES
|
||||
|
||||
dev_html_docs_online.commands = $$qdoc($$OUT_PWD/doc/html-dev) $$PWD/api/qtcreator-dev-online.qdocconf
|
||||
dev_html_docs_online.commands = $$qdoc($$OUT_PWD/doc/html-dev) $$PWD/api/qtcreator-dev-online$${COMPAT}.qdocconf
|
||||
dev_html_docs_online.depends += $$DEV_HELP_DEP_FILES
|
||||
|
||||
dev_qch_docs.commands = $$HELPGENERATOR -o \"$$DEV_QCH_FILE\" $$DEV_QHP_FILE
|
||||
|
||||
3
doc/qtcreator-online-qt4.qdocconf
Normal file
3
doc/qtcreator-online-qt4.qdocconf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
||||
# Run qdoc from the directory that contains this file.
|
||||
include(config/compat.qdocconf)
|
||||
include(qtcreator-online.qdocconf)
|
||||
3
doc/qtcreator-qt4.qdocconf
Normal file
3
doc/qtcreator-qt4.qdocconf
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
|
||||
# Run qdoc from the directory that contains this file.
|
||||
include(config/compat.qdocconf)
|
||||
include(qtcreator.qdocconf)
|
||||
@@ -49,14 +49,14 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Profiling QML Applications}{QML Profiler}
|
||||
\li \l{Profiling QML Applications}{QML Profiler}
|
||||
|
||||
You can inspect binding evaluations, signal handling, and
|
||||
painting operations when running QML code. This is useful for
|
||||
identifying potential bottlenecks, especially in the evaluation
|
||||
of bindings.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Using Valgrind Code Analysis Tools}{Valgrind Code Analysis Tools}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Valgrind Code Analysis Tools}{Valgrind Code Analysis Tools}
|
||||
|
||||
You can detect problems in memory management by using the Memcheck
|
||||
tool and find cache misses in the code by using the Callgrind tool.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -50,11 +50,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Detecting Memory Leaks}
|
||||
\li \l{Detecting Memory Leaks}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Profiling Function Execution}
|
||||
\li \l{Profiling Function Execution}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Running Valgrind Tools Remotely}
|
||||
\li \l{Running Valgrind Tools Remotely}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -44,19 +44,19 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Projects mode, select a debug build configuration.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Projects mode, select a debug build configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Analyze to open the \gui Analyze mode.
|
||||
\li Select \gui Analyze to open the \gui Analyze mode.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Analyze Memory} on the toolbar.
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Analyze Memory} on the toolbar.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select the
|
||||
\li Select the
|
||||
\inlineimage qtcreator-analyze-start-button.png "Start button"
|
||||
button to start the application.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Use the application to analyze it.
|
||||
\li Use the application to analyze it.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select the
|
||||
\li Select the
|
||||
\inlineimage qtcreator-debug-button-stop.png "Stop button"
|
||||
button to view the results of the analysis in the
|
||||
\gui {Analysis} view.
|
||||
@@ -135,19 +135,19 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Projects mode, select a release build configuration.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Projects mode, select a release build configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Analyze to open the \gui Analyze mode.
|
||||
\li Select \gui Analyze to open the \gui Analyze mode.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Profile on the toolbar.
|
||||
\li Select \gui Profile on the toolbar.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select the
|
||||
\li Select the
|
||||
\inlineimage qtcreator-analyze-start-button.png "Start button"
|
||||
button to start the application.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Use the application to analyze it.
|
||||
\li Use the application to analyze it.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select the
|
||||
\li Select the
|
||||
\inlineimage qtcreator-debug-button-stop.png "Stop button"
|
||||
button to view the results of the analysis in the \gui Profile
|
||||
view.
|
||||
@@ -209,11 +209,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Cache misses on instruction reads (I1mr/I2mr)
|
||||
\li Cache misses on instruction reads (I1mr/I2mr)
|
||||
|
||||
\o Data read accesses (Dr) and related cache misses (D1mr/D2mr)
|
||||
\li Data read accesses (Dr) and related cache misses (D1mr/D2mr)
|
||||
|
||||
\o Data write accesses (Dw) and related cache misses (D1mw/D2mw)
|
||||
\li Data write accesses (Dw) and related cache misses (D1mw/D2mw)
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -224,10 +224,10 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Number of conditional branches executed and related predictor misses
|
||||
\li Number of conditional branches executed and related predictor misses
|
||||
(Bc/Bcm)
|
||||
|
||||
\o Executed indirect jumps and related misses of the jump address
|
||||
\li Executed indirect jumps and related misses of the jump address
|
||||
predictor (Bi/Bim)
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -252,12 +252,12 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Analyze > Valgrind Memory Analyzer (External)} or
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Analyze > Valgrind Memory Analyzer (External)} or
|
||||
\gui {Valgrind Function Profiler (External)}.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-valgrind-remote-settings.png "Start Analyzer dialog"
|
||||
|
||||
\o Specify the application to run and analyze, and the \l{glossary-buildandrun-kit}{kit}
|
||||
\li Specify the application to run and analyze, and the \l{glossary-buildandrun-kit}{kit}
|
||||
to use.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -34,20 +34,20 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o To be able to profile an application, you must set up QML debugging
|
||||
\li To be able to profile an application, you must set up QML debugging
|
||||
for the project. For more information, see
|
||||
\l{Setting Up QML Debugging}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Projects mode, select Qt 4.7.4 in the \gui {Qt version}
|
||||
\li In the \gui Projects mode, select Qt 4.7.4 in the \gui {Qt version}
|
||||
field.
|
||||
|
||||
\note To profile applications on devices, you must install Qt 4.7.4
|
||||
or later libraries on them.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Analyze > QML Profiler} to profile the current
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Analyze > QML Profiler} to profile the current
|
||||
application.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select the
|
||||
\li Select the
|
||||
\inlineimage qtcreator-analyze-start-button.png
|
||||
(\gui Start) button to start the application from the
|
||||
QML Profiler.
|
||||
@@ -99,17 +99,17 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Painting operations
|
||||
\li Painting operations
|
||||
|
||||
\o Compiling the QML sources
|
||||
\li Compiling the QML sources
|
||||
|
||||
\o Creating elements
|
||||
\li Creating elements
|
||||
|
||||
\o Binding evaluations
|
||||
\li Binding evaluations
|
||||
|
||||
\o Signal handling
|
||||
\li Signal handling
|
||||
|
||||
\o Summary of the recorded period
|
||||
\li Summary of the recorded period
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -205,11 +205,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Projects > Run}.
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Projects > Run}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In \gui {Run Environment}, click \gui Add.
|
||||
\li In \gui {Run Environment}, click \gui Add.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Add the QML_DISABLE_OPTIMIZER variable and set its value to 1.
|
||||
\li Add the QML_DISABLE_OPTIMIZER variable and set its value to 1.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o OpenJDK Java Development Kit
|
||||
\li OpenJDK Java Development Kit
|
||||
|
||||
To check whether you have OpenJDK installed, enter the following
|
||||
command:
|
||||
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\c {sudo apt-get install openjdk-6-jdk}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{http://ant.apache.org/bindownload.cgi}{Apache Ant} 1.8.0, or
|
||||
\li \l{http://ant.apache.org/bindownload.cgi}{Apache Ant} 1.8.0, or
|
||||
later
|
||||
|
||||
To check the Ant version, enter the following command on the command
|
||||
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\c {ant -version}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{http://necessitas.kde.org/necessitas/necessitas_sdk_installer.php}
|
||||
\li \l{http://necessitas.kde.org/necessitas/necessitas_sdk_installer.php}
|
||||
{Necessitas SDK}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -73,37 +73,37 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui {Build & Run} >
|
||||
\li Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui {Build & Run} >
|
||||
\gui {Qt Versions} > \gui Add to add Qt for Android.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {qmake location} field, add the \c qmake path from the
|
||||
\li In the \gui {qmake location} field, add the \c qmake path from the
|
||||
Qt for Android SDK
|
||||
(\c {/opt/necessitas/Android/<qtversion>/bin/qmake} by default).
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Android to view and edit
|
||||
\li Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Android to view and edit
|
||||
paths to the required software.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-options-android.png "Android options"
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui {Build & Run} >
|
||||
\li Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui {Build & Run} >
|
||||
\gui {Qt Versions} and build the GDB Helper to make the debugging
|
||||
output for Qt specific constructs clean and easy to read.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To build the GDB Helper, select Qt for Android, select \gui Details
|
||||
\li To build the GDB Helper, select Qt for Android, select \gui Details
|
||||
in the \gui Helpers section, and then select \gui Build in the
|
||||
\gui {GDB Helper} field.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Start Android AVD Manager} to create Android virtual
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Start Android AVD Manager} to create Android virtual
|
||||
devices (AVD) that enable you emulate device hardware and software
|
||||
on the Android Emulator.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To specify information for the Android manifest file, select
|
||||
\li To specify information for the Android manifest file, select
|
||||
\gui Projects > \gui Run, and then select \gui Details to view the
|
||||
\gui {Package configurations}. For more information about the
|
||||
options you have, see
|
||||
\l{Specifying Run Settings for Android Devices}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To specify settings for deploying applications to Android, select
|
||||
\li To specify settings for deploying applications to Android, select
|
||||
\gui Details to view the \gui {Deploy configurations}. For more
|
||||
information about the options you have, see
|
||||
\l{Deploying Applications to Android Devices}.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -40,23 +40,23 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click in between the line number and the window border on the line
|
||||
\li Click in between the line number and the window border on the line
|
||||
where we change the cursor position to set a breakpoint.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-setting-breakpoint1.png
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui{Debug > Start Debugging > Start Debugging} or press
|
||||
\li Select \gui{Debug > Start Debugging > Start Debugging} or press
|
||||
\key{F5}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To view the breakpoint, click the \gui{Breakpoints} tab.
|
||||
\li To view the breakpoint, click the \gui{Breakpoints} tab.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-setting-breakpoint2.png
|
||||
|
||||
\o To remove a breakpoint, right-click it and select
|
||||
\li To remove a breakpoint, right-click it and select
|
||||
\gui{Delete Breakpoint}.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\o To view the base classes and data members of the TextFinder class,
|
||||
\li To view the base classes and data members of the TextFinder class,
|
||||
go to the \gui{Locals and Expressions} view.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-watcher.png
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -109,33 +109,33 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o Platform
|
||||
\o Compiler
|
||||
\o Native Debugger
|
||||
\li Platform
|
||||
\li Compiler
|
||||
\li Native Debugger
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Linux
|
||||
\o GCC, ICC
|
||||
\o GDB
|
||||
\li Linux
|
||||
\li GCC, ICC
|
||||
\li GDB
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Unix
|
||||
\o GCC, ICC
|
||||
\o GDB
|
||||
\li Unix
|
||||
\li GCC, ICC
|
||||
\li GDB
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Mac OS X
|
||||
\o GCC
|
||||
\o Apple GDB, FSF GDB (experimental)
|
||||
\li Mac OS X
|
||||
\li GCC
|
||||
\li Apple GDB, FSF GDB (experimental)
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Windows/MinGW
|
||||
\o GCC
|
||||
\o GDB
|
||||
\li Windows/MinGW
|
||||
\li GCC
|
||||
\li GDB
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Windows/MSVC
|
||||
\o Microsoft Visual C++ Compiler
|
||||
\o Debugging Tools for Windows/CDB
|
||||
\li Windows/MSVC
|
||||
\li Microsoft Visual C++ Compiler
|
||||
\li Debugging Tools for Windows/CDB
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Maemo, MeeGo
|
||||
\o GCC
|
||||
\o GDB
|
||||
\li Maemo, MeeGo
|
||||
\li GCC
|
||||
\li GDB
|
||||
\endtable
|
||||
|
||||
For more information on the debugger modes, see
|
||||
@@ -153,19 +153,19 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o PlainGdbAdapter debugs locally started GUI processes. It is
|
||||
\li PlainGdbAdapter debugs locally started GUI processes. It is
|
||||
physically split into parts that are relevant only when Python is
|
||||
available, parts relevant only when Python is not available, and
|
||||
mixed code.
|
||||
|
||||
\o TermGdbAdapter debugs locally started processes that need a
|
||||
\li TermGdbAdapter debugs locally started processes that need a
|
||||
console.
|
||||
|
||||
\o AttachGdbAdapter debugs local processes started outside \QC.
|
||||
\li AttachGdbAdapter debugs local processes started outside \QC.
|
||||
|
||||
\o CoreGdbAdapter debugs core files generated from crashes.
|
||||
\li CoreGdbAdapter debugs core files generated from crashes.
|
||||
|
||||
\o RemoteGdbAdapter interacts with the GDB server running on Linux.
|
||||
\li RemoteGdbAdapter interacts with the GDB server running on Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -178,11 +178,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o Native Debugger
|
||||
\o Notes
|
||||
\li Native Debugger
|
||||
\li Notes
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o GDB
|
||||
\o On Linux and Windows, use the Python-enabled GDB versions that
|
||||
\li GDB
|
||||
\li On Linux and Windows, use the Python-enabled GDB versions that
|
||||
are installed when you install \QC and Qt SDK. On Mac OS X,
|
||||
use the GDB provided with Xcode.
|
||||
You can also build your own Python-enabled GDB. Follow the instructions in
|
||||
@@ -190,8 +190,8 @@
|
||||
{Building GDB}.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Debugging tools for Windows
|
||||
\o To use this engine, you must install the
|
||||
\li Debugging tools for Windows
|
||||
\li To use this engine, you must install the
|
||||
\e{Debugging tools for Windows}. You can download them from
|
||||
\l{http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/hardware/gg463009/}
|
||||
{Download and Install Debugging Tools for Windows}.
|
||||
@@ -213,8 +213,8 @@
|
||||
\l{Setting the Symbol Server in Windows}.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Debugging tools for Mac OS X
|
||||
\o The Qt binary distribution contains both debug and release
|
||||
\li Debugging tools for Mac OS X
|
||||
\li The Qt binary distribution contains both debug and release
|
||||
variants of the libraries. But you have to explicitly tell the
|
||||
runtime linker that you want to use the debug libraries even if
|
||||
your application is compiled as debug, as release is the default
|
||||
@@ -250,12 +250,12 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Debugger > \gui CDB.
|
||||
\li Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Debugger > \gui CDB.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Symbol paths} field, open the \gui Insert menu
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Symbol paths} field, open the \gui Insert menu
|
||||
and select \gui{Symbol Server}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select a directory where you want to store the cached information
|
||||
\li Select a directory where you want to store the cached information
|
||||
and click \gui OK.
|
||||
|
||||
Use a subfolder in a temporary directory, such as
|
||||
@@ -276,50 +276,50 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o To create a key for signing FSF GDB, select \gui {Keychain Access >
|
||||
\li To create a key for signing FSF GDB, select \gui {Keychain Access >
|
||||
Certificate Assistant > Create a Certificate}:
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Name} field, input \gui {fsfgdb} to replace
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Name} field, input \gui {fsfgdb} to replace
|
||||
the existing content.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Certificate Type} field, select
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Certificate Type} field, select
|
||||
\gui {Code Signing}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select the \gui {Let me override defaults} check box.
|
||||
\li Select the \gui {Let me override defaults} check box.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Continue, and follow the instructions of the
|
||||
\li Select \gui Continue, and follow the instructions of the
|
||||
wizard (use the default settings), until the \gui {Specify a
|
||||
Location For The Certificate} dialog opens.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Keychain field, select \gui System.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Keychain field, select \gui System.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Keychain Access > System}, and locate the
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Keychain Access > System}, and locate the
|
||||
certificate.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Double click the certificate to view certificate information.
|
||||
\li Double click the certificate to view certificate information.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Trust section, select \gui {Always Trust} in the
|
||||
\li In the \gui Trust section, select \gui {Always Trust} in the
|
||||
\gui {When using this certificate} field, and then close
|
||||
the dialog.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o To sign the binary, enter the following command in the terminal:
|
||||
\li To sign the binary, enter the following command in the terminal:
|
||||
|
||||
\code
|
||||
codesign -f -s "fsfgdb" $INSTALL_LOCATION/fsfgdb
|
||||
\endcode
|
||||
|
||||
\o In \QC, select \gui {Qt Creator > Preferences > Build & Run >
|
||||
\li In \QC, select \gui {Qt Creator > Preferences > Build & Run >
|
||||
Kits} > \gui Add to create a kit that uses FSF GDB.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Debugger field, specify the path to FSF GDB
|
||||
\li In the \gui Debugger field, specify the path to FSF GDB
|
||||
(\c $HOME/gdb72/bin/fsfgdb, but with an explicit value for
|
||||
\c $HOME).
|
||||
|
||||
\o To use the debugger, add the kit in the \gui {Build Settings}
|
||||
\li To use the debugger, add the kit in the \gui {Build Settings}
|
||||
of the project.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -36,13 +36,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Setting Up Debugger}
|
||||
\li \l{Setting Up Debugger}
|
||||
|
||||
The debugger plugin automatically selects a suitable
|
||||
native debugger for your projects from the ones found
|
||||
on your system. Manual overriding of this choice is possible.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Launching the Debugger}
|
||||
\li \l{Launching the Debugger}
|
||||
|
||||
To start an application from an open project under the control
|
||||
of a debugger, press the Debug button in the lower left corner
|
||||
@@ -50,12 +50,12 @@
|
||||
options are available in the \gui{Debug} > \gui{Start Debugging}
|
||||
menu.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Interacting with the Debugger}
|
||||
\li \l{Interacting with the Debugger}
|
||||
|
||||
You can use the tool views in the \gui Debug mode to inspect the
|
||||
state of your application while debugging.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Using Debugging Helpers}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Debugging Helpers}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC is able to show complex data types in a customized,
|
||||
user-extensible manner. For this purpose, it takes advantage of
|
||||
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
|
||||
debugging with \QC, but they provide you with a powerful
|
||||
tool to quickly examine complex data.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Debugging Qt Quick Projects}
|
||||
\li \l{Debugging Qt Quick Projects}
|
||||
|
||||
When debugging a Qt Quick application, you can inspect the state
|
||||
of the application while debugging JavaScript functions. You can set
|
||||
@@ -73,15 +73,15 @@
|
||||
objects and user interfaces, as well as execute JavaScript
|
||||
expressions.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Debugging a C++ Example Application}
|
||||
\li \l{Debugging a C++ Example Application}
|
||||
|
||||
Illustrates how to debug C++ applications in \QC.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Debugging a Qt Quick Example Application}
|
||||
\li \l{Debugging a Qt Quick Example Application}
|
||||
|
||||
Illustrates how to debug Qt Quick applications in \QC.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Troubleshooting Debugger}
|
||||
\li \l{Troubleshooting Debugger}
|
||||
|
||||
If you encounter problems while debugging, check for possible
|
||||
solutions to them.
|
||||
@@ -140,20 +140,20 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \bold{Start Internal} to debug applications developed inside
|
||||
\li \b{Start Internal} to debug applications developed inside
|
||||
\QC such as a Qt based GUI application.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \bold{Start External} to start and debug processes
|
||||
\li \b{Start External} to start and debug processes
|
||||
without a proper \QC project setup, either locally or
|
||||
on a remote machine.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \bold{Attach} to debug processes already started and
|
||||
\li \b{Attach} to debug processes already started and
|
||||
running outside \QC, either locally or on a
|
||||
remote machine.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \bold{Core} to debug crashed processes on Unix.
|
||||
\li \b{Core} to debug crashed processes on Unix.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \bold{Post-mortem} to debug crashed processes on Windows.
|
||||
\li \b{Post-mortem} to debug crashed processes on Windows.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -276,13 +276,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Debug > Start Debugging > Attach to Remote
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Debug > Start Debugging > Attach to Remote
|
||||
Debug Server}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Host and port} field, enter the name of the remote
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Host and port} field, enter the name of the remote
|
||||
machine and the port number to use.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui{OK} to start debugging.
|
||||
\li Select \gui{OK} to start debugging.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -296,11 +296,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Install the \e{Debugging Tools for Windows} on the remote machine.
|
||||
\li Install the \e{Debugging Tools for Windows} on the remote machine.
|
||||
The installation folder contains the CDB command line executable
|
||||
(cdb.exe).
|
||||
|
||||
\o Copy the \QC CDB extension library from the Qt installation
|
||||
\li Copy the \QC CDB extension library from the Qt installation
|
||||
directory to the a new folder on the remote machine
|
||||
(32 or 64 bit version depending on the version of the Debugging
|
||||
Tools for Windows
|
||||
@@ -308,27 +308,27 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c {\lib\qtcreatorcdbext32\qtcreatorcdbext.dll} (32 bit)
|
||||
\li \c {\lib\qtcreatorcdbext32\qtcreatorcdbext.dll} (32 bit)
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c {\lib\qtcreatorcdbext64\qtcreatorcdbext.dll} (64 bit)
|
||||
\li \c {\lib\qtcreatorcdbext64\qtcreatorcdbext.dll} (64 bit)
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o Set the _NT_DEBUGGER_EXTENSION_PATH environment variable to point
|
||||
\li Set the _NT_DEBUGGER_EXTENSION_PATH environment variable to point
|
||||
to that folder.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To use TCP/IP as communication protocol, launch remote CDB as
|
||||
\li To use TCP/IP as communication protocol, launch remote CDB as
|
||||
follows:
|
||||
|
||||
\code
|
||||
cdb.exe -server tcp:port=1234 <executable>
|
||||
\endcode
|
||||
|
||||
\o On the local machine running \QC, select
|
||||
\li On the local machine running \QC, select
|
||||
\gui {Debug > Start Debugging > Attach to Remote CDB Session}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Connection field enter the connection parameters.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Connection field enter the connection parameters.
|
||||
For example, for TCP/IP:
|
||||
|
||||
\code
|
||||
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
|
||||
ssl:proto=Protocol,{certuser=Cert|machuser=Cert},clicon=Server,port=Socket[,password=Password]
|
||||
\endcode
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui{OK} to start debugging.
|
||||
\li Click \gui{OK} to start debugging.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@@ -368,24 +368,24 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Go through a program line-by-line or instruction-by-instruction.
|
||||
\li Go through a program line-by-line or instruction-by-instruction.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Interrupt running programs.
|
||||
\li Interrupt running programs.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Set breakpoints.
|
||||
\li Set breakpoints.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Examine the contents of the call stack.
|
||||
\li Examine the contents of the call stack.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Examine and modify contents of local and global variables.
|
||||
\li Examine and modify contents of local and global variables.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Examine and modify registers and memory contents of
|
||||
\li Examine and modify registers and memory contents of
|
||||
the debugged program.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Examine the list of loaded shared libraries.
|
||||
\li Examine the list of loaded shared libraries.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Disassemble sections of code.
|
||||
\li Disassemble sections of code.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Create snapshots of the current state of the debugged program
|
||||
\li Create snapshots of the current state of the debugged program
|
||||
and re-examine them later.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -431,14 +431,14 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Retrieves data representing the call stack at the program's current
|
||||
\li Retrieves data representing the call stack at the program's current
|
||||
position.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Retrieves the contents of local variables.
|
||||
\li Retrieves the contents of local variables.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Examines \gui Expressions.
|
||||
\li Examines \gui Expressions.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Updates the \gui Registers, \gui Modules, and \gui Disassembler
|
||||
\li Updates the \gui Registers, \gui Modules, and \gui Disassembler
|
||||
views if you are debugging the C++ based applications.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -449,15 +449,15 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o To finish debugging, press \key{Shift+F5}.
|
||||
\li To finish debugging, press \key{Shift+F5}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To execute a line of code as a whole, press \key{F10}.
|
||||
\li To execute a line of code as a whole, press \key{F10}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To step into a function or a subfunction, press \key{F11}.
|
||||
\li To step into a function or a subfunction, press \key{F11}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To continue running the program, press \key{F5}.
|
||||
\li To continue running the program, press \key{F5}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To run to the selected function when you are stepping into a nested
|
||||
\li To run to the selected function when you are stepping into a nested
|
||||
function, press \key{Ctrl+F6}.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -482,19 +482,19 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Source code files and lines
|
||||
\li Source code files and lines
|
||||
|
||||
\o Functions
|
||||
\li Functions
|
||||
|
||||
\o Addresses
|
||||
\li Addresses
|
||||
|
||||
\o Throwing and catching exceptions
|
||||
\li Throwing and catching exceptions
|
||||
|
||||
\o Executing and forking processes
|
||||
\li Executing and forking processes
|
||||
|
||||
\o Executing some system calls
|
||||
\li Executing some system calls
|
||||
|
||||
\o Changes in a block of memory at a particular address when a
|
||||
\li Changes in a block of memory at a particular address when a
|
||||
program is running
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -514,12 +514,12 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o By clicking the breakpoint marker in the text editor.
|
||||
\li By clicking the breakpoint marker in the text editor.
|
||||
|
||||
\o By selecting the breakpoint in the breakpoint view and pressing
|
||||
\li By selecting the breakpoint in the breakpoint view and pressing
|
||||
\key{Delete}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o By selecting \gui{Delete Breakpoint} from the context
|
||||
\li By selecting \gui{Delete Breakpoint} from the context
|
||||
menu in the \gui Breakpoints view.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -534,15 +534,15 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Right-click in the \gui Breakpoints view to open the context menu,
|
||||
\li Right-click in the \gui Breakpoints view to open the context menu,
|
||||
and select \gui {Add Breakpoint}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Breakpoint type} field, select \gui {Break on data
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Breakpoint type} field, select \gui {Break on data
|
||||
access at fixed address}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Address field, specify the address of the memory block.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Address field, specify the address of the memory block.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui OK.
|
||||
\li Select \gui OK.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -589,16 +589,16 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \bold{Note:}
|
||||
\li \b{Note:}
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o GDB, and therefore \QC's debugger works for optimized
|
||||
\li GDB, and therefore \QC's debugger works for optimized
|
||||
builds on Linux and Mac OS X. Optimization can lead to
|
||||
re-ordering of instructions or removal of some local variables,
|
||||
causing the \gui{Locals and Expressions} view to show unexpected
|
||||
data.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o The debug information provided by GCC does not include enough
|
||||
\li The debug information provided by GCC does not include enough
|
||||
information about the time when a variable is initialized.
|
||||
Therefore, \QC can not tell whether the contents of a
|
||||
local variable contains "real data", or "initial noise". If a
|
||||
@@ -616,11 +616,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Tools > \gui {Options} > \gui Debugger >
|
||||
\li Select \gui Tools > \gui {Options} > \gui Debugger >
|
||||
\gui{Debugging Helper} and check the \gui{Use Debugging Helper}
|
||||
checkbox.
|
||||
|
||||
\o The \gui{Locals and Expressions} view is reorganized to provide a
|
||||
\li The \gui{Locals and Expressions} view is reorganized to provide a
|
||||
high-level view of the objects.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -686,9 +686,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c {C:\qtcreator\bin>qtcreator -debug 2000}
|
||||
\li \c {C:\qtcreator\bin>qtcreator -debug 2000}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c {C:\qtcreator\bin>qtcreator -debug core.2000}
|
||||
\li \c {C:\qtcreator\bin>qtcreator -debug core.2000}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -723,17 +723,17 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Updating the module list
|
||||
\li Updating the module list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Loading symbols for modules
|
||||
\li Loading symbols for modules
|
||||
|
||||
\o Examining modules
|
||||
\li Examining modules
|
||||
|
||||
\o Editing module files
|
||||
\li Editing module files
|
||||
|
||||
\o Showing symbols in modules
|
||||
\li Showing symbols in modules
|
||||
|
||||
\o Showing dependencies between modules (Windows only)
|
||||
\li Showing dependencies between modules (Windows only)
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -863,10 +863,10 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o There is no Python-enabled GDB for Mac OS. Mac OS continues
|
||||
\li There is no Python-enabled GDB for Mac OS. Mac OS continues
|
||||
injection with C++ based debugging helpers.
|
||||
|
||||
\o There is no GDB to communicate with MSVC compiled applications on
|
||||
\li There is no GDB to communicate with MSVC compiled applications on
|
||||
Windows. So information can be displayed nicely only in a limited
|
||||
fashion by using a cdb extension DLL.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -898,9 +898,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c d of type \c Dumper
|
||||
\li \c d of type \c Dumper
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c value of type \c gdb.Value
|
||||
\li \c value of type \c gdb.Value
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -974,40 +974,40 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{__init__(self)} - Initializes the output to an empty string and
|
||||
\li \gui{__init__(self)} - Initializes the output to an empty string and
|
||||
empties the child stack. This should not be used in user code.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{put(self, value)} - Low level method to directly append to the
|
||||
\li \gui{put(self, value)} - Low level method to directly append to the
|
||||
output string. That is also the fastest way to append output.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{putField(self, name, value)} - Appends a name='value' field.
|
||||
\li \gui{putField(self, name, value)} - Appends a name='value' field.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{childRange(self)} - Returns the range of children specified in
|
||||
\li \gui{childRange(self)} - Returns the range of children specified in
|
||||
the current \c Children scope.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{putItemCount(self, count)} - Appends a field
|
||||
\li \gui{putItemCount(self, count)} - Appends a field
|
||||
\c {value='<%d items'} to the output.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{putEllipsis(self)} - Appends fields
|
||||
\li \gui{putEllipsis(self)} - Appends fields
|
||||
\c {'{name="<incomplete>",value="",type="",numchild="0"}'}. This is
|
||||
automatically done by \c endChildren if the number of children to
|
||||
print is smaller than the number of actual children.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{putName(self, name)} - Appends a \c {name=''} field.
|
||||
\li \gui{putName(self, name)} - Appends a \c {name=''} field.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{putType(self, type, priority=0)} - Appends a field \c {type=''}
|
||||
\li \gui{putType(self, type, priority=0)} - Appends a field \c {type=''}
|
||||
unless the \a type coincides with the parent's default child type or
|
||||
\c putType was already called for the current item with a higher
|
||||
value of \c priority.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{putBetterType(self, type)} - Overrides the last recorded
|
||||
\li \gui{putBetterType(self, type)} - Overrides the last recorded
|
||||
\c type.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{putNumChild(self, numchild)} - Appends a field \c {numchild=''}
|
||||
\li \gui{putNumChild(self, numchild)} - Appends a field \c {numchild=''}
|
||||
unless the \c numchild coincides with the parent's default child
|
||||
numchild value.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{putValue(self, value, encoding = None)} - Append a file \c {value=''},
|
||||
\li \gui{putValue(self, value, encoding = None)} - Append a file \c {value=''},
|
||||
optionally followed by a field \c {valueencoding=''}. The \c value
|
||||
needs to be convertible to a string entirely consisting of
|
||||
alphanumerical values. The \c encoding parameter can be used to
|
||||
@@ -1017,38 +1017,38 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o 0: unencoded 8 bit data, interpreted as Latin1.
|
||||
\li 0: unencoded 8 bit data, interpreted as Latin1.
|
||||
|
||||
\o 1: base64 encoded 8 bit data, used for QByteArray,
|
||||
\li 1: base64 encoded 8 bit data, used for QByteArray,
|
||||
double quotes are added.
|
||||
|
||||
\o 2: base64 encoded 16 bit data, used for QString,
|
||||
\li 2: base64 encoded 16 bit data, used for QString,
|
||||
double quotes are added.
|
||||
|
||||
\o 3: base64 encoded 32 bit data,
|
||||
\li 3: base64 encoded 32 bit data,
|
||||
double quotes are added.
|
||||
|
||||
\o 4: base64 encoded 16 bit data, without quotes (see 2)
|
||||
\li 4: base64 encoded 16 bit data, without quotes (see 2)
|
||||
|
||||
\o 5: base64 encoded 8 bit data, without quotes (see 1)
|
||||
\li 5: base64 encoded 8 bit data, without quotes (see 1)
|
||||
|
||||
\o 6: %02x encoded 8 bit data (as with \c QByteArray::toHex),
|
||||
\li 6: %02x encoded 8 bit data (as with \c QByteArray::toHex),
|
||||
double quotes are added.
|
||||
|
||||
\o 7: %04x encoded 16 bit data (as with \c QByteArray::toHex),
|
||||
\li 7: %04x encoded 16 bit data (as with \c QByteArray::toHex),
|
||||
double quotes are added.
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{putStringValue(self, value)} - Encodes a QString and calls
|
||||
\li \gui{putStringValue(self, value)} - Encodes a QString and calls
|
||||
\c putValue with the correct \c encoding setting.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{putByteArrayValue(self, value)} - Encodes a QByteArray and calls
|
||||
\li \gui{putByteArrayValue(self, value)} - Encodes a QByteArray and calls
|
||||
\c putValue with the correct \c encoding setting.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{isExpanded()} - Checks whether the current item
|
||||
\li \gui{isExpanded()} - Checks whether the current item
|
||||
is expanded in the view.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{putIntItem(self, name, value)} - Equivalent to:
|
||||
\li \gui{putIntItem(self, name, value)} - Equivalent to:
|
||||
\code
|
||||
with SubItem(self, name):
|
||||
self.putValue(value)
|
||||
@@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@
|
||||
self.putNumChild(0)
|
||||
\endcode
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{putBoolItem(self, name, value)} - Equivalent to:
|
||||
\li \gui{putBoolItem(self, name, value)} - Equivalent to:
|
||||
\code
|
||||
with SubItem(self, name):
|
||||
self.putValue(value)
|
||||
@@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@
|
||||
self.putNumChild(0)
|
||||
\endcode
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{putCallItem(self, name, value, func, *args)} -
|
||||
\li \gui{putCallItem(self, name, value, func, *args)} -
|
||||
Uses GDB to call the function \c func on the value specified by
|
||||
\a {value} and output the resulting item. Use \c{putCallItem}
|
||||
only if there is no other way to access the data.
|
||||
@@ -1074,12 +1074,12 @@
|
||||
and have the potential to change the state of the debugged
|
||||
program.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{putItem(self, value)} - The "master function", handling
|
||||
\li \gui{putItem(self, value)} - The "master function", handling
|
||||
basic types, references, pointers and enums directly, iterates
|
||||
over base classes and class members of compound types and calls
|
||||
\c qdump__* functions whenever appropriate.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{putSubItem(self, component, value)} - Equivalent to:
|
||||
\li \gui{putSubItem(self, component, value)} - Equivalent to:
|
||||
\code
|
||||
with SubItem(self, component):
|
||||
self.putItem(value)
|
||||
@@ -1203,12 +1203,12 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Make sure you use at least \QC 2.1.
|
||||
\li Make sure you use at least \QC 2.1.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Make sure the debugger is set up properly. For more information,
|
||||
\li Make sure the debugger is set up properly. For more information,
|
||||
see \l{Setting Up Debugger}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Debug mode, select \gui {Windows > Views > Debugger
|
||||
\li In the \gui Debug mode, select \gui {Windows > Views > Debugger
|
||||
Log} to open the \gui {Debugger Log} view. Browse the contents of
|
||||
the pane on the right hand side to find out what went wrong.
|
||||
Always attach the contents of the pane to debugger-related
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o To look at the code that starts a new game, place a breakpoint in
|
||||
\li To look at the code that starts a new game, place a breakpoint in
|
||||
samegame.qml by clicking between the line number and the window
|
||||
border on the line where where the \c startNewGame() function is
|
||||
called (1).
|
||||
@@ -53,19 +53,19 @@
|
||||
The red circle indicates that a breakpoint is now set on that line
|
||||
number.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Debug > Start Debugging > Start Debugging} or press
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Debug > Start Debugging > Start Debugging} or press
|
||||
\key{F5}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Once the Same Game application starts, click the \gui {New Game}
|
||||
\li Once the Same Game application starts, click the \gui {New Game}
|
||||
button to start a new game.
|
||||
|
||||
\o When the debugger hits the breakpoint, it interrupts the
|
||||
\li When the debugger hits the breakpoint, it interrupts the
|
||||
application. \QC displays the nested function calls leading to the
|
||||
current position as a call stack trace (1).
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtquick-example-setting-breakpoint2.png
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click the
|
||||
\li Click the
|
||||
\inlineimage qtcreator-debug-button-step-into.png
|
||||
(\gui {Step Into}) button on the toolbar or press \key F11 to step
|
||||
into the code in the stack. The samegame.js file opens in the code
|
||||
@@ -73,38 +73,38 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtquick-example-stack.png
|
||||
|
||||
\o Examine the local variables in the \gui {Locals and Expressions}
|
||||
\li Examine the local variables in the \gui {Locals and Expressions}
|
||||
view. Step through the code to see how the information changes in
|
||||
the view.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Add a breakpoint at the end of the \c {startNewGame()} function, and
|
||||
\li Add a breakpoint at the end of the \c {startNewGame()} function, and
|
||||
click \inlineimage qtcreator-debugging-continue.png
|
||||
(\gui Continue) to hit the breakpoint.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtquick-example-setting-breakpoint3.png
|
||||
|
||||
\o To execute JavaScript commands in the current context, select the
|
||||
\li To execute JavaScript commands in the current context, select the
|
||||
\gui {Console} tab.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To change the score to 1000, enter \c{gameCanvas.score = 1000}
|
||||
\li To change the score to 1000, enter \c{gameCanvas.score = 1000}
|
||||
in the console.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtquick-example-script-console.png
|
||||
|
||||
\o To remove a breakpoint, right-click it and select
|
||||
\li To remove a breakpoint, right-click it and select
|
||||
\gui {Delete Breakpoint}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select the \gui {Locals and Expressions} tab to explore the object
|
||||
\li Select the \gui {Locals and Expressions} tab to explore the object
|
||||
structure at runtime:
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtquick-example-qml-inspector.png
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click
|
||||
\li Click
|
||||
\inlineimage qml-inspector-app-on-top.png
|
||||
(\gui {Show Application on Top}) to keep the application visible
|
||||
while you interact with the debugger.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click
|
||||
\li Click
|
||||
\inlineimage qml-inspector-select-button.png
|
||||
(\gui Select) to activate selection mode and then click the
|
||||
\gui {Quit} button to move into the \gui ButtonLabel component
|
||||
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtquick-example-property-values.png
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Locals and Expressions} view, double-click the value of
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Locals and Expressions} view, double-click the value of
|
||||
the \c text property to change it temporarily from \gui {Quit} to
|
||||
\gui {End Game}.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -50,11 +50,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o In \gui Projects mode \gui {Run Settings}, select the
|
||||
\li In \gui Projects mode \gui {Run Settings}, select the
|
||||
\gui {Enable QML} check box in the \gui {Debugger Settings} to
|
||||
enable QML debugging.
|
||||
|
||||
\o For Qt 4.7, compile the QML Inspector debugging helper. For more information,
|
||||
\li For Qt 4.7, compile the QML Inspector debugging helper. For more information,
|
||||
see \l{Debugging Helpers for QML}.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Debugging is enabled by default for Qt 4.8, or later. For Qt 4.7,
|
||||
\li Debugging is enabled by default for Qt 4.8, or later. For Qt 4.7,
|
||||
select \gui Projects, and then select the
|
||||
\gui {Enable QML debugging} check box in the \gui qmake section
|
||||
in \gui {Build Steps}.
|
||||
@@ -79,14 +79,14 @@
|
||||
functions. Therefore, you must make sure that the port is properly
|
||||
protected by a firewall.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Run Settings}, \gui {Debugger Settings} section, select
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Run Settings}, \gui {Debugger Settings} section, select
|
||||
the \gui {Enable QML} check box to enable
|
||||
QML debugging.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Build > Rebuild Project} to clean and rebuild the
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Build > Rebuild Project} to clean and rebuild the
|
||||
project.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To debug applications on devices, check that Qt 4.7.4, or later,
|
||||
\li To debug applications on devices, check that Qt 4.7.4, or later,
|
||||
libraries are installed on the device and
|
||||
\l{Running on Multiple Platforms}{select the corresponding kit for the device}
|
||||
before you start debugging.
|
||||
@@ -110,14 +110,14 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Debug JavaScript functions
|
||||
\li Debug JavaScript functions
|
||||
|
||||
\o Execute JavaScript expressions to get information about the state of
|
||||
\li Execute JavaScript expressions to get information about the state of
|
||||
the application
|
||||
|
||||
\o Change QML code and immediately see the changes at runtime
|
||||
\li Change QML code and immediately see the changes at runtime
|
||||
|
||||
\o Inspect QML code and change it temporarily at runtime
|
||||
\li Inspect QML code and change it temporarily at runtime
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Start the application.
|
||||
\li Start the application.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Debug > Start Debugging > Attach to QML Port}.
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Debug > Start Debugging > Attach to QML Port}.
|
||||
|
||||
When debugging on the desktop, you can use the default values for
|
||||
the connection. When debugging on devices, enter the device IP
|
||||
@@ -142,11 +142,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Setting Breakpoints}{Setting breakpoints}
|
||||
\li \l{Setting Breakpoints}{Setting breakpoints}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Viewing Call Stack Trace}{Viewing call stack trace}
|
||||
\li \l{Viewing Call Stack Trace}{Viewing call stack trace}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Locals and Expressions}{Viewing locals and expressions}
|
||||
\li \l{Locals and Expressions}{Viewing locals and expressions}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -192,11 +192,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Expand the element in the object tree.
|
||||
\li Expand the element in the object tree.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select the element in the code editor.
|
||||
\li Select the element in the code editor.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click
|
||||
\li Click
|
||||
\inlineimage qml-inspector-select-button.png
|
||||
(\gui Select) to activate selection mode and then click an element
|
||||
in the running application.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -68,14 +68,14 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o To split the editor view into a top and bottom view, select
|
||||
\li To split the editor view into a top and bottom view, select
|
||||
\gui Window > \gui Split, press \key{Ctrl+E, 2}, or select the
|
||||
\inlineimage qtcreator-split-button.png
|
||||
(\gui Split) button and then select \gui Split.
|
||||
|
||||
Split command creates views below the currently active editor view.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To split the editor view into adjacent views, select
|
||||
\li To split the editor view into adjacent views, select
|
||||
\gui Window > \gui{Split Side by Side}, press \key{Ctrl+E, 3}, or
|
||||
select \gui {Split > Split Side by Side}.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -101,16 +101,20 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Right-click the line number and select \gui{Toggle Bookmark}.
|
||||
\li Right-click the line number and select \gui{Toggle Bookmark}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Press \key Shift and click the left margin at a line.
|
||||
\li Press \key Shift and click the left margin at a line.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Press \key{Ctrl+M} when the cursor is on a line.
|
||||
\li Press \key{Ctrl+M} when the cursor is on a line.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-togglebookmark.png
|
||||
|
||||
To add a note to a bookmark, right-click the bookmark and select
|
||||
\gui{Edit Bookmark Note}. To view the note, move the mouse pointer over the
|
||||
bookmark.
|
||||
|
||||
To go to previous bookmark in the current session, press \key{Ctrl+,}.
|
||||
|
||||
To go to next bookmark in the current session, press \key{Ctrl+.}.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -34,28 +34,28 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Writing Code}
|
||||
\li \l{Writing Code}
|
||||
|
||||
Writing, editing, and navigating in source code are core tasks in
|
||||
application development. Therefore, the code editor is one of the
|
||||
key components of \QC. You can use the code editor in the \gui Edit
|
||||
mode.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Finding}
|
||||
\li \l{Finding}
|
||||
|
||||
Use the incremental and advanced search to search from currently
|
||||
open projects or files on the file system or use the locator to
|
||||
browse through projects, files, classes, methods, documentation and
|
||||
file systems.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Refactoring}
|
||||
\li \l{Refactoring}
|
||||
|
||||
Code refactoring is the process of improving and simplifying code
|
||||
without modifying the existing functionality of an application. You
|
||||
can easily find and rename symbols and apply predefined actions to
|
||||
refactor code.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Configuring the Editor}
|
||||
\li \l{Configuring the Editor}
|
||||
|
||||
You can change the fonts, colors, highlighting, and indentation.
|
||||
If you are used to the the Vim editor, you can even run the main
|
||||
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Editing MIME Types}
|
||||
\li \l{Editing MIME Types}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC uses the MIME type of a file to determine which mode and editor
|
||||
to use for opening the file. If your files do not match the
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -58,14 +58,14 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Tools > Options > Text Editor > Fonts & Color > Copy}.
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Tools > Options > Text Editor > Fonts & Color > Copy}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Enter a name for the color scheme and click \gui OK.
|
||||
\li Enter a name for the color scheme and click \gui OK.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Foreground field, specify the color of the selected
|
||||
\li In the \gui Foreground field, specify the color of the selected
|
||||
code element.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Background field, select the background
|
||||
\li In the \gui Background field, select the background
|
||||
color for the code element.
|
||||
|
||||
The backgound of the \gui Text element determines the background of the
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -46,29 +46,29 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Set the \l{Specifying Text Editor Settings}{font preferences and
|
||||
\li Set the \l{Specifying Text Editor Settings}{font preferences and
|
||||
apply color schemes} for syntax highlighting in \gui{Font & Colors}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Specify \l{Generic Highlighting}
|
||||
\li Specify \l{Generic Highlighting}
|
||||
{definition files for syntax highlighting} for other types of files
|
||||
than C++ or QML in \gui{Generic Highlighter}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Set \l{Indenting Code}{tabs, indentation, the handling of
|
||||
\li Set \l{Indenting Code}{tabs, indentation, the handling of
|
||||
whitespace, and mouse operations} in \gui Behavior.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Set various display properties, for example,
|
||||
\li Set various display properties, for example,
|
||||
\l{Highlighting and folding blocks}
|
||||
{highlighting and folding blocks}, text wrapping or
|
||||
\l{Moving to symbol definition or declaration}
|
||||
{moving to symbol definition or declaration} in \gui Display.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Add, modify, and remove \l{Editing Code Snippets}{code snippets} in
|
||||
\li Add, modify, and remove \l{Editing Code Snippets}{code snippets} in
|
||||
\gui Snippets.
|
||||
|
||||
\o View and remove \l{Using Text Editing Macros}{text editing macros}
|
||||
\li View and remove \l{Using Text Editing Macros}{text editing macros}
|
||||
in \gui Macros.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Configure \l{Completing Code}{code completion} in \gui Completion.
|
||||
\li Configure \l{Completing Code}{code completion} in \gui Completion.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Using FakeVim Mode}
|
||||
\li \l{Using FakeVim Mode}
|
||||
|
||||
Run the main editor in a manner similar to the Vim editor in the
|
||||
FakeVim mode.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -36,20 +36,20 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Working in Edit Mode}
|
||||
\li \l{Working in Edit Mode}
|
||||
|
||||
You can use the editor toolbar to navigate between open files
|
||||
and symbols in use. You can also split the view to work on
|
||||
several files simultaneously, add bookmarks, and move between
|
||||
symbol definitions and declarations.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Semantic Highlighting}
|
||||
\li \l{Semantic Highlighting}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC enables you to write well formatted code by highlighting
|
||||
code elements and blocks. You can use syntax highlighting
|
||||
also for other types of files than C++ or QML.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Checking Code Syntax}
|
||||
\li \l{Checking Code Syntax}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC checks for errors when you write code and displays inline
|
||||
error and warning messages.
|
||||
@@ -58,17 +58,17 @@
|
||||
static checks on the QML and JavaScript code in your project to find
|
||||
common problems.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Completing Code}
|
||||
\li \l{Completing Code}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC anticipates what you are going to write and completes code
|
||||
and code snippets for elements, properties, and IDs.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Indenting Code}
|
||||
\li \l{Indenting Code}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC indents code according to rules that you specify either
|
||||
globally for all files or separately for text, C++, or QML files.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Using Qt Quick Toolbars}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Qt Quick Toolbars}
|
||||
|
||||
When you edit QML code in the code editor, you specify the
|
||||
properties of QML components. For some properties, such as
|
||||
@@ -76,14 +76,14 @@
|
||||
few people can visualize the color #18793f. To easily edit these
|
||||
properties, you can use the Qt Quick Toolbars.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Pasting and Fetching Code Snippets}
|
||||
\li \l{Pasting and Fetching Code Snippets}
|
||||
|
||||
You can cooperate with other developers by pasting and fetching
|
||||
snippets of code from a server. For example, you might ask
|
||||
colleagues to review a change that you plan to submit to a
|
||||
version control system.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Using Text Editing Macros}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Text Editing Macros}
|
||||
|
||||
When you have a file open in the code editor, you can record a
|
||||
keyboard sequence as a macro. You can then play the macro to
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Finding and Replacing}
|
||||
\li \l{Finding and Replacing}
|
||||
|
||||
The incremental search highlights the matching strings in the
|
||||
window while typing and the advanced search enables you to
|
||||
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
|
||||
In addition, you can search for symbols when you want to
|
||||
refactor code.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Searching with the Locator}
|
||||
\li \l{Searching with the Locator}
|
||||
|
||||
The locator provides one of the easiest ways in \QC to browse
|
||||
through projects, files, classes, methods, documentation and
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -56,28 +56,28 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Tools > Options > Environment > MIME Types}.
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Tools > Options > Environment > MIME Types}.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-mime-types.png "MIME Types"
|
||||
|
||||
\o In \gui {MIME Type}, select a MIME type.
|
||||
\li In \gui {MIME Type}, select a MIME type.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In \gui Patterns, add the filename extension for the type of files
|
||||
\li In \gui Patterns, add the filename extension for the type of files
|
||||
that you want to identify as having this MIME type.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui Add to add \gui {Magic Headers}.
|
||||
\li Click \gui Add to add \gui {Magic Headers}.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-mime-types-magic-header.png "Magic Header"
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Value field, specify a text string or bytes that
|
||||
\li In the \gui Value field, specify a text string or bytes that
|
||||
appear in the files.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Type field, select the type of the value.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Type field, select the type of the value.
|
||||
|
||||
\note You are recommended not to change the range and priority,
|
||||
because it might cause problems when opening files in \QC.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui OK.
|
||||
\li Click \gui OK.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -46,11 +46,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c {C:\qtcreator\bin>qtcreator -help}
|
||||
\li \c {C:\qtcreator\bin>qtcreator -help}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c {C:\qtcreator\bin>qtcreator C:\TextFinder\textfinder.cpp:100}
|
||||
\li \c {C:\qtcreator\bin>qtcreator C:\TextFinder\textfinder.cpp:100}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c {C:\qtcreator\bin>qtcreator C:\TextFinder\textfinder.cpp +100}
|
||||
\li \c {C:\qtcreator\bin>qtcreator C:\TextFinder\textfinder.cpp +100}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -64,55 +64,55 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o Option
|
||||
\o Description
|
||||
\li Option
|
||||
\li Description
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o -help
|
||||
\o Display help on command line options.
|
||||
\li -help
|
||||
\li Display help on command line options.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o -version
|
||||
\o Display \QC version.
|
||||
\li -version
|
||||
\li Display \QC version.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o -client
|
||||
\o Attempt to connect to an already running instance of \QC.
|
||||
\li -client
|
||||
\li Attempt to connect to an already running instance of \QC.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o -noload <plugin>
|
||||
\o Do not load the specified plugin.
|
||||
\li -noload <plugin>
|
||||
\li Do not load the specified plugin.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o -profile
|
||||
\o Output plugin start up and shut down profiling data.
|
||||
\li -profile
|
||||
\li Output plugin start up and shut down profiling data.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o -settingspath <path>
|
||||
\o Override the default path where user settings are stored.
|
||||
\li -settingspath <path>
|
||||
\li Override the default path where user settings are stored.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o -color <color>
|
||||
\o Core plugin: override the selected UI color.
|
||||
\li -color <color>
|
||||
\li Core plugin: override the selected UI color.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o -debug <PID-or-corefile>
|
||||
\o Debugger plugin: attach to process ID or core file.
|
||||
\li -debug <PID-or-corefile>
|
||||
\li Debugger plugin: attach to process ID or core file.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o -wincrashevent <event-handle>
|
||||
\o Debugger plugin: Attach to crashed processes by using the specified
|
||||
\li -wincrashevent <event-handle>
|
||||
\li Debugger plugin: Attach to crashed processes by using the specified
|
||||
event handle.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o -customwizard-verbose
|
||||
\o ProjectExplorer plugin: display additional information when loading
|
||||
\li -customwizard-verbose
|
||||
\li ProjectExplorer plugin: display additional information when loading
|
||||
custom wizards. For more information about custom wizards, see
|
||||
\l{Adding New Custom Wizards}
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o -lastsession
|
||||
\o ProjectExplorer plugin: load the last session when \QC starts.
|
||||
\li -lastsession
|
||||
\li ProjectExplorer plugin: load the last session when \QC starts.
|
||||
Open the projects and files that were open when you last exited \QC.
|
||||
For more information about managing sessions, see \l{Managing Sessions}.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -103,31 +103,31 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Tools > External > Configure}.
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Tools > External > Configure}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Add > Add Tool}
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Add > Add Tool}
|
||||
to add a new tool. You can also select \gui {Add Category} to add a
|
||||
new category.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Executable field, specify the executable to run. If the
|
||||
\li In the \gui Executable field, specify the executable to run. If the
|
||||
executable is found in your system PATH variable, do not specify
|
||||
the path to it.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Arguments field, specify optional arguments for running
|
||||
\li In the \gui Arguments field, specify optional arguments for running
|
||||
the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Working directory} field, specify the path to the
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Working directory} field, specify the path to the
|
||||
working directory.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Output pane}, select how to handle output from the
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Output pane}, select how to handle output from the
|
||||
tool. You can ignore the output, view it in the \gui {General
|
||||
Messages} output pane, or replace the selected text with the
|
||||
output in the code editor.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Error output pane}, select how to handle error messages
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Error output pane}, select how to handle error messages
|
||||
from the tool.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Input field, specify text that is passed as standard
|
||||
\li In the \gui Input field, specify text that is passed as standard
|
||||
input to the tool.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -35,19 +35,19 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o To view documentation, switch to \gui Help mode.
|
||||
\li To view documentation, switch to \gui Help mode.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To view context sensitive help on a Qt class or function as a
|
||||
\li To view context sensitive help on a Qt class or function as a
|
||||
tooltip, move the mouse cursor over the class or function. If help
|
||||
is not available, the tooltip displays type information for the
|
||||
symbol.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To display the full help on a Qt class or function, press \key F1.
|
||||
\li To display the full help on a Qt class or function, press \key F1.
|
||||
The documentation is displayed in a
|
||||
pane next to the code editor, or, if there is not enough vertical
|
||||
space, in the fullscreen \gui Help mode.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To select and configure how the documentation is displayed in the
|
||||
\li To select and configure how the documentation is displayed in the
|
||||
\gui Help mode, select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Help.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -75,19 +75,19 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui Bookmarks to view a list of pages on which you have added
|
||||
\li \gui Bookmarks to view a list of pages on which you have added
|
||||
bookmarks.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui Contents to see all the documentation installed on the
|
||||
\li \gui Contents to see all the documentation installed on the
|
||||
development PC and to browse the documentation contents.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui Index to find information based on a list of keywords in all
|
||||
\li \gui Index to find information based on a list of keywords in all
|
||||
the installed documents.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui {Open Pages} to view a list of currently open documentation
|
||||
\li \gui {Open Pages} to view a list of currently open documentation
|
||||
pages.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui Search to search from all the installed documents.
|
||||
\li \gui Search to search from all the installed documents.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -104,11 +104,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click the
|
||||
\li Click the
|
||||
\inlineimage qtcreator-help-add-bookmark.png
|
||||
(\gui {Add Bookmark}) button on the toolbar.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Add Bookmark} dialog, click \gui OK to save the
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Add Bookmark} dialog, click \gui OK to save the
|
||||
page title as a bookmark in the \gui Bookmarks folder.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -131,16 +131,16 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c deep lists all the documents that contain the word \c deep.
|
||||
\li \c deep lists all the documents that contain the word \c deep.
|
||||
The search is not case sensitive.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c{deep*} lists all the documents that contain a word beginning
|
||||
\li \c{deep*} lists all the documents that contain a word beginning
|
||||
with \c deep
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c{deep copy} lists all documents that contain both \c deep and
|
||||
\li \c{deep copy} lists all documents that contain both \c deep and
|
||||
\c copy
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c{"deep copy"} lists all documents that contain the phrase
|
||||
\li \c{"deep copy"} lists all documents that contain the phrase
|
||||
\c{deep copy}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -172,14 +172,14 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Create a .qch file from your documentation.
|
||||
\li Create a .qch file from your documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
For information on how to prepare your documentation and create a
|
||||
.qch file, see
|
||||
\l{http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qthelp-framework.html}
|
||||
{The Qt Help Framework}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To add the .qch file to \QC, select \gui Tools > \gui Options >
|
||||
\li To add the .qch file to \QC, select \gui Tools > \gui Options >
|
||||
\gui Help > \gui Documentation > \gui Add.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -232,18 +232,18 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Tools > Options > Help > Filters > Add}.
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Tools > Options > Help > Filters > Add}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Enter a name for the filter and press \gui {OK}.
|
||||
\li Enter a name for the filter and press \gui {OK}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In \gui Attributes, select the documents that you want to include
|
||||
\li In \gui Attributes, select the documents that you want to include
|
||||
in the filter.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-help-filter-attributes.png "Help filter attributes"
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui OK.
|
||||
\li Click \gui OK.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Help mode, select the filter in the \gui {Filtered by}
|
||||
\li In the \gui Help mode, select the filter in the \gui {Filtered by}
|
||||
field to see the filtered documentation in the sidebar.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -38,13 +38,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Open projects with their dependencies (including SUBDIRS projects)
|
||||
\li Open projects with their dependencies (including SUBDIRS projects)
|
||||
|
||||
\o Open editors
|
||||
\li Open editors
|
||||
|
||||
\o Breakpoints and expressions
|
||||
\li Breakpoints and expressions
|
||||
|
||||
\o Bookmarks
|
||||
\li Bookmarks
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -61,13 +61,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c description
|
||||
\li \c description
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c{type\tdescription}
|
||||
\li \c{type\tdescription}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c{file\ttype\tdescription}
|
||||
\li \c{file\ttype\tdescription}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c{file\tline\ttype\tdescription}
|
||||
\li \c{file\tline\ttype\tdescription}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -75,12 +75,12 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o A string starting with \c err, which displays the error icon in the
|
||||
\li A string starting with \c err, which displays the error icon in the
|
||||
beginning of the line
|
||||
|
||||
\o A string starting with \c warn, which displays the warning icon
|
||||
\li A string starting with \c warn, which displays the warning icon
|
||||
|
||||
\o Any other value, which sets the task type to Unknown and does not
|
||||
\li Any other value, which sets the task type to Unknown and does not
|
||||
display an icon
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -37,13 +37,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui Welcome mode \key Ctrl+1
|
||||
\o \gui Edit mode \key Ctrl+2
|
||||
\o \gui Design mode \key Ctrl+3
|
||||
\o \gui Debug mode \key Ctrl+4
|
||||
\o \gui Projects mode \key Ctrl+5
|
||||
\o \gui Analyze mode \key Ctrl+6
|
||||
\o \gui Help mode \key Ctrl+7
|
||||
\li \gui Welcome mode \key Ctrl+1
|
||||
\li \gui Edit mode \key Ctrl+2
|
||||
\li \gui Design mode \key Ctrl+3
|
||||
\li \gui Debug mode \key Ctrl+4
|
||||
\li \gui Projects mode \key Ctrl+5
|
||||
\li \gui Analyze mode \key Ctrl+6
|
||||
\li \gui Help mode \key Ctrl+7
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -69,9 +69,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o The first press moves focus to the editor
|
||||
\li The first press moves focus to the editor
|
||||
|
||||
\o The second press closes secondary windows
|
||||
\li The second press closes secondary windows
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -90,13 +90,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{Issues} pane Alt+1 (Cmd+1 on Mac OS X)
|
||||
\li \gui{Issues} pane Alt+1 (Cmd+1 on Mac OS X)
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{Search Results} pane Alt+2 (Cmd+2 on Mac OS X)
|
||||
\li \gui{Search Results} pane Alt+2 (Cmd+2 on Mac OS X)
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{Application Output} pane Alt+3 (Cmd+3 on Mac OS X)
|
||||
\li \gui{Application Output} pane Alt+3 (Cmd+3 on Mac OS X)
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{Compile Output} pane Alt+4 (Cmd+4 on Mac OS X)
|
||||
\li \gui{Compile Output} pane Alt+4 (Cmd+4 on Mac OS X)
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -178,10 +178,10 @@
|
||||
To switch off the debugging helpers:
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Debugger >
|
||||
\li Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Debugger >
|
||||
\gui{Debugging Helper}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Uncheck the \gui{Use Debugging Helper} checkbox.
|
||||
\li Uncheck the \gui{Use Debugging Helper} checkbox.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -192,9 +192,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Debugger > \gui General.
|
||||
\li Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Debugger > \gui General.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select the \gui {Use tooltips in main editor while debugging} check
|
||||
\li Select the \gui {Use tooltips in main editor while debugging} check
|
||||
box.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -230,14 +230,14 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c %YEAR%: Year
|
||||
\o \c %MONTH%: Month
|
||||
\o \c %DAY%: Day of the month
|
||||
\o \c %DATE%: Date
|
||||
\o \c %USER%: User name
|
||||
\o \c %FILENAME%: File name
|
||||
\o \c %CLASS%: Class name (if applicable)
|
||||
\o \c %$VARIABLE%: Contents of environment variable \c{VARIABLE}.
|
||||
\li \c %YEAR%: Year
|
||||
\li \c %MONTH%: Month
|
||||
\li \c %DAY%: Day of the month
|
||||
\li \c %DATE%: Date
|
||||
\li \c %USER%: User name
|
||||
\li \c %FILENAME%: File name
|
||||
\li \c %CLASS%: Class name (if applicable)
|
||||
\li \c %$VARIABLE%: Contents of environment variable \c{VARIABLE}.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -34,15 +34,15 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Open recent sessions and projects
|
||||
\li Open recent sessions and projects
|
||||
|
||||
\o Create and open projects
|
||||
\li Create and open projects
|
||||
|
||||
\o Open tutorials and example projects
|
||||
\li Open tutorials and example projects
|
||||
|
||||
\o Read news from the online community and Qt labs
|
||||
\li Read news from the online community and Qt labs
|
||||
|
||||
\o Send feedback to the development team
|
||||
\li Send feedback to the development team
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -75,26 +75,26 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui Welcome mode for opening projects.
|
||||
\li \gui Welcome mode for opening projects.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{\l{Coding}{Edit}} mode for editing project and source
|
||||
\li \gui{\l{Coding}{Edit}} mode for editing project and source
|
||||
files.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{\l{Designing User Interfaces}{Design}} mode for designing and
|
||||
\li \gui{\l{Designing User Interfaces}{Design}} mode for designing and
|
||||
developing application user interfaces. This mode is available for
|
||||
UI files.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{\l{Debugging}{Debug}} mode for inspecting the state of your
|
||||
\li \gui{\l{Debugging}{Debug}} mode for inspecting the state of your
|
||||
application while debugging.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{\l{Specifying Build Settings}{Projects}} mode for configuring
|
||||
\li \gui{\l{Specifying Build Settings}{Projects}} mode for configuring
|
||||
project building and execution. This mode is available when a
|
||||
project is open.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{\l{Analyzing Code}{Analyze}} mode for using code analysis tools
|
||||
\li \gui{\l{Analyzing Code}{Analyze}} mode for using code analysis tools
|
||||
to detect memory leaks and profile C++ or QML code.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{\l{Getting Help}{Help}} mode for viewing Qt documentation.
|
||||
\li \gui{\l{Getting Help}{Help}} mode for viewing Qt documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -114,23 +114,23 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui Projects shows a list of projects open in the current
|
||||
\li \gui Projects shows a list of projects open in the current
|
||||
session.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{Open Documents} shows currently open files.
|
||||
\li \gui{Open Documents} shows currently open files.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui Bookmarks shows all bookmarks for the current session.
|
||||
\li \gui Bookmarks shows all bookmarks for the current session.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{File System} shows all files in the currently selected
|
||||
\li \gui{File System} shows all files in the currently selected
|
||||
directory.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui {Class View} shows the class hierarchy of the currently
|
||||
\li \gui {Class View} shows the class hierarchy of the currently
|
||||
open projects.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui Outline shows the symbol hierachy of a C++ file and the element
|
||||
\li \gui Outline shows the symbol hierarchy of a C++ file and the element
|
||||
hierarchy of a QML file.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui {Type Hierarchy} shows the base classes of a class.
|
||||
\li \gui {Type Hierarchy} shows the base classes of a class.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -138,14 +138,14 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o To toggle the sidebar, click \inlineimage qtcreator-togglebutton.png
|
||||
\li To toggle the sidebar, click \inlineimage qtcreator-togglebutton.png
|
||||
(\gui {Hide Sidebar/Show Sidebar}) or press \key Alt+0
|
||||
(\key Cmd+0 on Mac OS X).
|
||||
|
||||
\o To split the sidebar, click \inlineimage qtcreator-splitbar.png
|
||||
\li To split the sidebar, click \inlineimage qtcreator-splitbar.png
|
||||
(\gui {Split}). Select new content to view in the split view.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To close a sidebar view, click
|
||||
\li To close a sidebar view, click
|
||||
\inlineimage qtcreator-closesidebar.png
|
||||
(\gui {Close}).
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -165,29 +165,29 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o To open files that belong to a project, double-click them in the
|
||||
\li To open files that belong to a project, double-click them in the
|
||||
project tree. Files open in the appropriate editor, according to the
|
||||
file type. For example, code source files open in the code editor
|
||||
and image files in the \l{Viewing Images}{image viewer}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To bring up a context menu containing the actions most commonly
|
||||
\li To bring up a context menu containing the actions most commonly
|
||||
needed right-click an item in the project tree. For example, through
|
||||
the menu of the project root directory you can, among other actions,
|
||||
build, re-build, clean and run the project.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To hide the categories and sort project files alphabetically, click
|
||||
\li To hide the categories and sort project files alphabetically, click
|
||||
\inlineimage qtcreator-filter.png
|
||||
(\gui {Filter Tree}) and select \gui{Simplify Tree}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To hide source files which are automatically generated by the build
|
||||
\li To hide source files which are automatically generated by the build
|
||||
system, select \gui {Filter Tree > Hide Generated Files}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To keep the position in the project tree synchronized with the file
|
||||
\li To keep the position in the project tree synchronized with the file
|
||||
currently opened in the editor, click
|
||||
\inlineimage qtcreator-synchronizefocus.png
|
||||
(\gui {Synchronize with Editor}).
|
||||
|
||||
\o To see the absolute path of a file, move the mouse pointer over the
|
||||
\li To see the absolute path of a file, move the mouse pointer over the
|
||||
file name.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -213,10 +213,10 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o To see a complete list of all bindings, select \gui {Filter Tree >
|
||||
\li To see a complete list of all bindings, select \gui {Filter Tree >
|
||||
Show All Bindings}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To keep the position in the view synchronized with the element
|
||||
\li To keep the position in the view synchronized with the element
|
||||
selected in the editor, select \gui {Synchronize with Editor}.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -232,19 +232,19 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{Issues}
|
||||
\li \gui{Issues}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{Search Results}
|
||||
\li \gui{Search Results}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{Application Output}
|
||||
\li \gui{Application Output}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{Compile Output}
|
||||
\li \gui{Compile Output}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui {To-Do Entries}
|
||||
\li \gui {To-Do Entries}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{Version Control}
|
||||
\li \gui{Version Control}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{General Messages}
|
||||
\li \gui{General Messages}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -268,22 +268,22 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui Analyzer - Errors encountered while running the
|
||||
\li \gui Analyzer - Errors encountered while running the
|
||||
\l{Analyzing Code}{Valgrind code analysis tools}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui {Build System} - Errors and warnings encountered during a
|
||||
\li \gui {Build System} - Errors and warnings encountered during a
|
||||
build.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui Compile - Selected output from the compiler. Open the
|
||||
\li \gui Compile - Selected output from the compiler. Open the
|
||||
\gui {Compile Output} pane for more detailed information.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui {My Tasks} - Entries from a task list file (.tasks) generated
|
||||
\li \gui {My Tasks} - Entries from a task list file (.tasks) generated
|
||||
by \l{Showing Task List Files in Issues Pane}
|
||||
{code scanning and analysis tools}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui QML - Errors in QML syntax.
|
||||
\li \gui QML - Errors in QML syntax.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui {QML Analysis} - Results of the JavaScript
|
||||
\li \gui {QML Analysis} - Results of the JavaScript
|
||||
\l{Checking JavaScript and QML Syntax}
|
||||
{code syntax and validation checks}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -382,15 +382,15 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Switch between background and outline modes
|
||||
\li Switch between background and outline modes
|
||||
|
||||
\o Zoom in and out
|
||||
\li Zoom in and out
|
||||
|
||||
\o Fit images to screen
|
||||
\li Fit images to screen
|
||||
|
||||
\o Return to original size
|
||||
\li Return to original size
|
||||
|
||||
\o Play and pause animated GIF and MNG images
|
||||
\li Play and pause animated GIF and MNG images
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -33,37 +33,37 @@
|
||||
Version control systems supported by \QC are:
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o Version Control System
|
||||
\o Address
|
||||
\o Notes
|
||||
\li Version Control System
|
||||
\li Address
|
||||
\li Notes
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Bazaar
|
||||
\o \l{http://bazaar.canonical.com/}
|
||||
\o \QC 2.2 and later
|
||||
\li Bazaar
|
||||
\li \l{http://bazaar.canonical.com/}
|
||||
\li \QC 2.2 and later
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o ClearCase
|
||||
\o \l{http://www-01.ibm.com/software/awdtools/clearcase/}
|
||||
\i Experimental plugin in \QC 2.6
|
||||
\li ClearCase
|
||||
\li \l{http://www-01.ibm.com/software/awdtools/clearcase/}
|
||||
\li Experimental plugin in \QC 2.6
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o CVS
|
||||
\o \l{http://www.cvshome.org}
|
||||
\i
|
||||
\li CVS
|
||||
\li \l{http://www.cvshome.org}
|
||||
\li
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Git
|
||||
\o \l{http://git-scm.com/}
|
||||
\i
|
||||
\li Git
|
||||
\li \l{http://git-scm.com/}
|
||||
\li
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Mercurial
|
||||
\o \l{http://mercurial.selenic.com/}
|
||||
\o \QC 2.0 and later
|
||||
\li Mercurial
|
||||
\li \l{http://mercurial.selenic.com/}
|
||||
\li \QC 2.0 and later
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Perforce
|
||||
\o \l{http://www.perforce.com}
|
||||
\o Server version 2006.1 and later
|
||||
\li Perforce
|
||||
\li \l{http://www.perforce.com}
|
||||
\li Server version 2006.1 and later
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Subversion
|
||||
\o \l{http://subversion.apache.org/}
|
||||
\i
|
||||
\li Subversion
|
||||
\li \l{http://subversion.apache.org/}
|
||||
\li
|
||||
\endtable
|
||||
|
||||
\section1 Setting Up Version Control Systems
|
||||
@@ -101,13 +101,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{Submit message check script} is a script or program that
|
||||
\li \gui{Submit message check script} is a script or program that
|
||||
can be used to perform checks on the submit message before
|
||||
submitting. The submit message is passed in as the script's first
|
||||
parameter. If there is an error, the script should output a
|
||||
message on standard error and return a non-zero exit code.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{User/alias configuration file} takes a file in mailmap format
|
||||
\li \gui{User/alias configuration file} takes a file in mailmap format
|
||||
that lists user names and aliases. For example:
|
||||
|
||||
\code
|
||||
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
|
||||
displays a context menu with \gui{Insert name} that pops up a
|
||||
dialog letting the user select a name.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{User fields configuration file} is a simple text file
|
||||
\li \gui{User fields configuration file} is a simple text file
|
||||
consisting of lines specifying submit message fields that take
|
||||
user names, for example:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
|
||||
\e{User/alias configuration file} as well as a button that opens the
|
||||
aforementioned user name dialog.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{SSH prompt command} specifies an ssh-askpass command that you
|
||||
\li \gui{SSH prompt command} specifies an ssh-askpass command that you
|
||||
can use (on Linux) to prompt the user for a password when using SSH.
|
||||
For example, \c ssh-askpass or \c x11-ssh-askpass, depending on the
|
||||
ssh-askpass implementation that you use.
|
||||
@@ -255,14 +255,14 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{Undo Unstaged Changes} reverts all changes and resets the
|
||||
\li \gui{Undo Unstaged Changes} reverts all changes and resets the
|
||||
working directory to the state of the index.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{Undo Uncommitted Changes} reverts all changes, discarding the
|
||||
\li \gui{Undo Uncommitted Changes} reverts all changes, discarding the
|
||||
index. This returns your working copy to the state it was in right
|
||||
after the last commit.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui{Reset...} opens a dialog where you can select the SHA1 to reset
|
||||
\li \gui{Reset...} opens a dialog where you can select the SHA1 to reset
|
||||
the working directory to. This is useful after applying patches for
|
||||
review, for example.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -297,14 +297,14 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o Menu Item
|
||||
\o Description
|
||||
\li Menu Item
|
||||
\li Description
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Pull}
|
||||
\o Turn the branch into a mirror of another branch.
|
||||
\li \gui{Pull}
|
||||
\li Turn the branch into a mirror of another branch.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Push}
|
||||
\o Update a mirror of the branch.
|
||||
\li \gui{Push}
|
||||
\li Update a mirror of the branch.
|
||||
|
||||
\endtable
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -321,27 +321,27 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o Menu Item
|
||||
\o Description
|
||||
\li Menu Item
|
||||
\li Description
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Check In}
|
||||
\o Create a permanent new version of the current file or all files
|
||||
\li \gui{Check In}
|
||||
\li Create a permanent new version of the current file or all files
|
||||
in the versioned object base (VOB).
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Check In Activity}
|
||||
\o Check in checked-out versions in the change set of the current
|
||||
\li \gui{Check In Activity}
|
||||
\li Check in checked-out versions in the change set of the current
|
||||
Unified Change Management (UCM) activity.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Check Out}
|
||||
\o Create a writable copy of a branch. If you check out files in a
|
||||
\li \gui{Check Out}
|
||||
\li Create a writable copy of a branch. If you check out files in a
|
||||
UCM view, they are added to the change set of the UCM activity.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Undo Check Out}
|
||||
\o Cancel the checkout for a file and delete the checked-out
|
||||
\li \gui{Undo Check Out}
|
||||
\li Cancel the checkout for a file and delete the checked-out
|
||||
version.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Undo Hijack}
|
||||
\o Resolve hijacked files. If you change the read-only attribute of
|
||||
\li \gui{Undo Hijack}
|
||||
\li Resolve hijacked files. If you change the read-only attribute of
|
||||
a file that is loaded into a snapshot view and modify the file
|
||||
without checking it out, you \e hijack the file.
|
||||
\endtable
|
||||
@@ -354,14 +354,14 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o Menu Item
|
||||
\o Description
|
||||
\li Menu Item
|
||||
\li Description
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Edit}
|
||||
\o Open a file for editing.
|
||||
\li \gui{Edit}
|
||||
\li Open a file for editing.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Unedit}
|
||||
\o Discard the changes that you made in a file.
|
||||
\li \gui{Unedit}
|
||||
\li Discard the changes that you made in a file.
|
||||
|
||||
\endtable
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -378,53 +378,53 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o Menu Item
|
||||
\o Description
|
||||
\li Menu Item
|
||||
\li Description
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui {Patch > Apply from Editor/Apply from File}
|
||||
\o Patches are rewriting instructions that can be applied to a set
|
||||
\li \gui {Patch > Apply from Editor/Apply from File}
|
||||
\li Patches are rewriting instructions that can be applied to a set
|
||||
of files. You can either apply a patch file that is open in \QC
|
||||
or select the patch file to apply from the file system.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Pull}
|
||||
\o Pull changes from the remote repository. If there are locally
|
||||
\li \gui{Pull}
|
||||
\li Pull changes from the remote repository. If there are locally
|
||||
modified files, you are prompted to stash those changes. Select
|
||||
\gui{Tools > Options > Version Control > Git} and select the
|
||||
\gui {Pull with rebase} check box to perform a rebase operation
|
||||
while pulling.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Clean/Clean Project}
|
||||
\o All files that are not under version control (with the exception
|
||||
\li \gui{Clean/Clean Project}
|
||||
\li All files that are not under version control (with the exception
|
||||
of patches and project files) are displayed in the \gui {Clean
|
||||
Repository} dialog. Select the files to delete and click
|
||||
\gui Delete. This allows you to clean a build completely.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Launch gitk}
|
||||
\o Start the commit viewer for Git, gitk.
|
||||
\li \gui{Launch gitk}
|
||||
\li Start the commit viewer for Git, gitk.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Branches}
|
||||
\o Manage local and remote branches.
|
||||
\li \gui{Branches}
|
||||
\li Manage local and remote branches.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui Remotes
|
||||
\o Manage remote repositories available in Git.
|
||||
\li \gui Remotes
|
||||
\li Manage remote repositories available in Git.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui {Stage File for Commit}
|
||||
\o Mark new or modified files for committing to the repository.
|
||||
\li \gui {Stage File for Commit}
|
||||
\li Mark new or modified files for committing to the repository.
|
||||
To undo this function, select \gui {Unstage File from Commit}.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Show Commit}
|
||||
\o Select a commit to view. Enter the SHA of the commit
|
||||
\li \gui{Show Commit}
|
||||
\li Select a commit to view. Enter the SHA of the commit
|
||||
in the \gui Change field.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui Stash
|
||||
\o Store local changes temporarily.
|
||||
\li \gui Stash
|
||||
\li Store local changes temporarily.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Amend Last Commit}
|
||||
\o Revert the last commit.
|
||||
\li \gui{Amend Last Commit}
|
||||
\li Revert the last commit.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui Gerrit
|
||||
\o View, apply, and check out changes from Gerrit.
|
||||
\li \gui Gerrit
|
||||
\li View, apply, and check out changes from Gerrit.
|
||||
|
||||
\endtable
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -440,27 +440,27 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o Menu Item
|
||||
\o Description
|
||||
\li Menu Item
|
||||
\li Description
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Add}
|
||||
\o Create new tracking and non-tracking branches.
|
||||
\li \gui{Add}
|
||||
\li Create new tracking and non-tracking branches.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Checkout}
|
||||
\o Check out the selected branch and make it current.
|
||||
\li \gui{Checkout}
|
||||
\li Check out the selected branch and make it current.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Remove}
|
||||
\o Remove a local branch. You cannot delete remote branches.
|
||||
\li \gui{Remove}
|
||||
\li Remove a local branch. You cannot delete remote branches.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Diff}
|
||||
\o Show the differences between the selected and the current
|
||||
\li \gui{Diff}
|
||||
\li Show the differences between the selected and the current
|
||||
branch.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Log}
|
||||
\o Show the changes in a branch.
|
||||
\li \gui{Log}
|
||||
\li Show the changes in a branch.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Refresh}
|
||||
\o Refresh the list of branches.
|
||||
\li \gui{Refresh}
|
||||
\li Refresh the list of branches.
|
||||
\endtable
|
||||
|
||||
\section3 Working with Remote Repositories
|
||||
@@ -472,21 +472,21 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o Menu Item
|
||||
\o Description
|
||||
\li Menu Item
|
||||
\li Description
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Add}
|
||||
\o Add a new remote repository.
|
||||
\li \gui{Add}
|
||||
\li Add a new remote repository.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Fetch}
|
||||
\o Fetch all the branches and change information from a remote
|
||||
\li \gui{Fetch}
|
||||
\li Fetch all the branches and change information from a remote
|
||||
repository.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Remove}
|
||||
\o Remove a remote repository.
|
||||
\li \gui{Remove}
|
||||
\li Remove a remote repository.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Refresh}
|
||||
\o Refresh the list of remote repositories.
|
||||
\li \gui{Refresh}
|
||||
\li Refresh the list of remote repositories.
|
||||
\endtable
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -501,27 +501,27 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o Menu Item
|
||||
\o Description
|
||||
\li Menu Item
|
||||
\li Description
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Stashes}
|
||||
\o Display a dialog that shows all known stashes with options to
|
||||
\li \gui{Stashes}
|
||||
\li Display a dialog that shows all known stashes with options to
|
||||
restore, display or delete them.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Stash}
|
||||
\o Stash all local changes. The working copy is then reset to
|
||||
\li \gui{Stash}
|
||||
\li Stash all local changes. The working copy is then reset to
|
||||
the state it had right after the last commit.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Stash Snapshot}
|
||||
\o Save a snapshot of your current work under a name for later
|
||||
\li \gui{Stash Snapshot}
|
||||
\li Save a snapshot of your current work under a name for later
|
||||
reference. The working copy is unchanged.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you want to try something and find out later
|
||||
that it does not work, you can discard it and return to the
|
||||
state of the snapshot.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Stash Pop}
|
||||
\o Remove a single stashed state from the stash list and apply it
|
||||
\li \gui{Stash Pop}
|
||||
\li Remove a single stashed state from the stash list and apply it
|
||||
on top of the current working tree state.
|
||||
\endtable
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -559,25 +559,25 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o Menu Item
|
||||
\o Description
|
||||
\li Menu Item
|
||||
\li Description
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Import}
|
||||
\o Apply changes from a patch file.
|
||||
\li \gui{Import}
|
||||
\li Apply changes from a patch file.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Incoming}
|
||||
\o Monitor the status of a remote repository by listing
|
||||
\li \gui{Incoming}
|
||||
\li Monitor the status of a remote repository by listing
|
||||
the changes that will be pulled.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Outgoing}
|
||||
\o Monitor the status of a remote repository by listing
|
||||
\li \gui{Outgoing}
|
||||
\li Monitor the status of a remote repository by listing
|
||||
the changes that will be pushed.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Pull}
|
||||
\o Pull changes from the remote repository.
|
||||
\li \gui{Pull}
|
||||
\li Pull changes from the remote repository.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Push}
|
||||
\o Push changes to the remote repository.
|
||||
\li \gui{Push}
|
||||
\li Push changes to the remote repository.
|
||||
\endtable
|
||||
|
||||
\section2 Using Additional Perforce Functions
|
||||
@@ -603,20 +603,20 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o Menu Item
|
||||
\o Description
|
||||
\li Menu Item
|
||||
\li Description
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Describe}
|
||||
\o View information about changelists and the files in them.
|
||||
\li \gui{Describe}
|
||||
\li View information about changelists and the files in them.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Edit File}
|
||||
\o Open a file for editing.
|
||||
\li \gui{Edit File}
|
||||
\li Open a file for editing.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Opened}
|
||||
\o List files that are open for editing.
|
||||
\li \gui{Opened}
|
||||
\li List files that are open for editing.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Pending Changes}
|
||||
\o Group files for commit.
|
||||
\li \gui{Pending Changes}
|
||||
\li Group files for commit.
|
||||
\endtable
|
||||
|
||||
\section2 Using Additional Subversion Functions
|
||||
@@ -627,11 +627,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o Menu Item
|
||||
\o Description
|
||||
\li Menu Item
|
||||
\li Description
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \gui{Describe}
|
||||
\o Display commit log messages for a revision.
|
||||
\li \gui{Describe}
|
||||
\li Display commit log messages for a revision.
|
||||
\endtable
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -32,29 +32,29 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\section1 General Questions
|
||||
|
||||
\bold {How do I reset all \QC settings?}
|
||||
\b {How do I reset all \QC settings?}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC creates the following files and directories:
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o QtCreator.db
|
||||
\li QtCreator.db
|
||||
|
||||
\o QtCreator.ini
|
||||
\li QtCreator.ini
|
||||
|
||||
\o qtversion.xml
|
||||
\li qtversion.xml
|
||||
|
||||
\o toolChains.xml
|
||||
\li toolChains.xml
|
||||
|
||||
\o qtcreator
|
||||
\li qtcreator
|
||||
|
||||
\o qtc-debugging-helper
|
||||
\li qtc-debugging-helper
|
||||
|
||||
\o qtc-qmldbg
|
||||
\li qtc-qmldbg
|
||||
|
||||
\o qtc-qmldump
|
||||
\li qtc-qmldump
|
||||
|
||||
\o qtc-qmlobserver
|
||||
\li qtc-qmlobserver
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -72,11 +72,11 @@
|
||||
\c {<drive>:\Users\<username>\AppData\Roaming\QtProject} and
|
||||
\c {<drive>:\Users\<username>\AppData\Local\QtProject}.
|
||||
|
||||
\bold {\QC comes with MinGW, should I use this version with Qt?}
|
||||
\b {\QC comes with MinGW, should I use this version with Qt?}
|
||||
|
||||
Use the version that was built against the Qt version.
|
||||
|
||||
\bold {\QC does not find a helper application, such as Git or a
|
||||
\b {\QC does not find a helper application, such as Git or a
|
||||
compiler. What should I do?}
|
||||
|
||||
Make sure that the application is in your system PATH when starting \QC.
|
||||
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
|
||||
This is especially relevant for the Mac OS where \c {/usr/local/bin} might
|
||||
not be in the path when \QC is started.
|
||||
|
||||
\bold {How do I change the interface language for \QC?}
|
||||
\b {How do I change the interface language for \QC?}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC has been localized into several languages. If the system
|
||||
language is one of the supported languages, it is automatically selected.
|
||||
@@ -95,18 +95,18 @@
|
||||
select a language in the \gui Language field. The change takes effect after
|
||||
you restart \QC.
|
||||
|
||||
\bold {Has a reported issue been addressed?}
|
||||
\b {Has a reported issue been addressed?}
|
||||
|
||||
You can look up any issue in the
|
||||
\l{https://bugreports.qt-project.org/}{Qt bug tracker}.
|
||||
|
||||
\if defined(qcmanual)
|
||||
\input widgets/creator-faq-qtdesigner.qdocinc
|
||||
\include widgets/creator-faq-qtdesigner.qdocinc
|
||||
\endif
|
||||
|
||||
\section1 Help Questions
|
||||
|
||||
\bold {The Qt API Reference Documentation is missing and context help does
|
||||
\b {The Qt API Reference Documentation is missing and context help does
|
||||
not find topics. What can I do?}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC comes fully integrated with Qt documentation and examples using
|
||||
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
|
||||
For information on troubleshooting debugger, see
|
||||
\l{Troubleshooting Debugger}.
|
||||
|
||||
\bold {If I have a choice of GDB versions, which should I use?}
|
||||
\b {If I have a choice of GDB versions, which should I use?}
|
||||
|
||||
On Linux and Windows, use the Python-enabled GDB versions that are
|
||||
installed when you install \QC and Qt SDK. On Mac OS X, use the GDB
|
||||
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
For more information on setting up debugger, see \l{Setting Up Debugger}.
|
||||
|
||||
\bold {How do I generate a core file in \QC?}
|
||||
\b {How do I generate a core file in \QC?}
|
||||
|
||||
To trigger the GDB command that generates a core file while debugging,
|
||||
select \gui {Window > Views > Debugger Log}. In the \gui Command field,
|
||||
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\section1 Compiler Questions
|
||||
|
||||
\bold {How can I make use of my multi-core CPU with \QC?}
|
||||
\b {How can I make use of my multi-core CPU with \QC?}
|
||||
|
||||
On Linux and Mac OS X, go to \gui Project mode, select your configuration
|
||||
in the \gui {Build Settings}, locate the \gui {Build Steps}, and add the
|
||||
@@ -169,13 +169,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\section1 Qt SDK Questions
|
||||
|
||||
\bold {I cannot use QSslSocket with the SDK. What should I do?}
|
||||
\b {I cannot use QSslSocket with the SDK. What should I do?}
|
||||
|
||||
The Qt build in the SDK is built with QT_NO_OPENSSL defined. Rebuilding it
|
||||
is possible. For more information, see
|
||||
\l{http://www.qtcentre.org/threads/19222-Qssl}.
|
||||
|
||||
\bold {Which development packages from the distribution are needed on
|
||||
\b {Which development packages from the distribution are needed on
|
||||
Ubuntu or Debian?}
|
||||
|
||||
\code
|
||||
@@ -190,16 +190,16 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\section1 Platform Related Questions
|
||||
|
||||
\bold {Where is application output shown in \QC?}
|
||||
\b {Where is application output shown in \QC?}
|
||||
|
||||
\bold {On Unix (Linux and Mac OS):} \c qDebug() and related functions use
|
||||
\b {On Unix (Linux and Mac OS):} \c qDebug() and related functions use
|
||||
the standard output and error output. When you run or debug the
|
||||
application, you can view the output in the \gui{Application Output} pane.
|
||||
|
||||
For console applications that require input, select \gui {Projects > Run
|
||||
Settings > Run in terminal}.
|
||||
|
||||
\bold {On Windows:} Output is displayed differently for \e{console
|
||||
\b {On Windows:} Output is displayed differently for \e{console
|
||||
applications} and \e{GUI applications}.
|
||||
|
||||
The setting \c {CONFIG += console} in the .pro file specifies that the
|
||||
@@ -224,30 +224,30 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\section1 Questions about New Features
|
||||
|
||||
\bold {Will a requested feature be implemented?}
|
||||
\b {Will a requested feature be implemented?}
|
||||
|
||||
If it is a scheduled feature, you can see this in the task tracker. If a
|
||||
feature already has been implemented, it is mentioned in the
|
||||
\l{http://qt.gitorious.org/qt-creator/qt-creator/trees/master/dist}{changes file}
|
||||
for the upcoming release.
|
||||
|
||||
\bold {Why does \QC not use tabs for editors?}
|
||||
\b {Why does \QC not use tabs for editors?}
|
||||
|
||||
This question comes up from time to time, so we have considered it
|
||||
carefully. Here are our main reasons for not using tabs:
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Tabs do not scale. They work fine if you have 5 to 6 editors open,
|
||||
\li Tabs do not scale. They work fine if you have 5 to 6 editors open,
|
||||
they become cumbersome with 10, and if you need more horizontal
|
||||
space than the tab bar, the interface does not work at all.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Tabs do not adapt to your working set.
|
||||
\li Tabs do not adapt to your working set.
|
||||
|
||||
\o The common solution is to give the user the ability to reorder
|
||||
\li The common solution is to give the user the ability to reorder
|
||||
tabs. Now user has to manage tabs instead of writing code.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Tabs force you to limit the amount of open editors, because
|
||||
\li Tabs force you to limit the amount of open editors, because
|
||||
otherwise you get confused.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -273,11 +273,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Press \key F4 to switch between header and source.
|
||||
\li Press \key F4 to switch between header and source.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Press \key Alt+Left to move backwards in the navigation history.
|
||||
\li Press \key Alt+Left to move backwards in the navigation history.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Use the locator (Ctrl+K) to simply tell \QC where to go.
|
||||
\li Use the locator (Ctrl+K) to simply tell \QC where to go.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -92,81 +92,81 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o Device Key
|
||||
\o Keyboard Shortcut
|
||||
\li Device Key
|
||||
\li Keyboard Shortcut
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \list
|
||||
\o Alphabet keys
|
||||
\o Comma (,)
|
||||
\o Period (.)
|
||||
\o Space
|
||||
\o Arrow keys
|
||||
\o Enter
|
||||
\o Backspace
|
||||
\li \list
|
||||
\li Alphabet keys
|
||||
\li Comma (,)
|
||||
\li Period (.)
|
||||
\li Space
|
||||
\li Arrow keys
|
||||
\li Enter
|
||||
\li Backspace
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o Respective keys on the development PC keyboard.
|
||||
\li Respective keys on the development PC keyboard.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Shift
|
||||
\o Left Shift key (Maemo 5)
|
||||
\li Shift
|
||||
\li Left Shift key (Maemo 5)
|
||||
|
||||
Shift (Harmattan)
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Ctrl
|
||||
\o Left Ctrl key (Maemo 5)
|
||||
\li Ctrl
|
||||
\li Left Ctrl key (Maemo 5)
|
||||
|
||||
Ctrl (Harmattan)
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Mode
|
||||
\o Left Alt key (Maemo 5)
|
||||
\li Mode
|
||||
\li Left Alt key (Maemo 5)
|
||||
|
||||
Alt (Harmattan)
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Power
|
||||
\o Esc
|
||||
\li Power
|
||||
\li Esc
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Keypad slider open and close
|
||||
\o F1
|
||||
\li Keypad slider open and close
|
||||
\li F1
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Keypad lock (Maemo 5 only)
|
||||
\o F2
|
||||
\li Keypad lock (Maemo 5 only)
|
||||
\li F2
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Camera lens open and close (Maemo 5 only)
|
||||
\o F3
|
||||
\li Camera lens open and close (Maemo 5 only)
|
||||
\li F3
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Camera focus
|
||||
\o F4
|
||||
\li Camera focus
|
||||
\li F4
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Camera take picture
|
||||
\o F5
|
||||
\li Camera take picture
|
||||
\li F5
|
||||
|
||||
\note The actual camera functionality is not emulated.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Stereo headphones connect and disconnect (Maemo 5 only)
|
||||
\o F6
|
||||
\li Stereo headphones connect and disconnect (Maemo 5 only)
|
||||
\li F6
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Volume down
|
||||
\o F7
|
||||
\li Volume down
|
||||
\li F7
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Volume up
|
||||
\o F8
|
||||
\li Volume up
|
||||
\li F8
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Accelerometer x axis, negative
|
||||
\o 1
|
||||
\li Accelerometer x axis, negative
|
||||
\li 1
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Accelerometer x axis, positive
|
||||
\o 2
|
||||
\li Accelerometer x axis, positive
|
||||
\li 2
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Accelerometer z axis, negative
|
||||
\o 4
|
||||
\li Accelerometer z axis, negative
|
||||
\li 4
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Accelerometer z axis, positive
|
||||
\o 5
|
||||
\li Accelerometer z axis, positive
|
||||
\li 5
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Accelerometer y axis, negative
|
||||
\o 7
|
||||
\li Accelerometer y axis, negative
|
||||
\li 7
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Accelerometer y axis, positive
|
||||
\o 8
|
||||
\li Accelerometer y axis, positive
|
||||
\li 8
|
||||
|
||||
\endtable
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,17 +2,17 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Build and run the application for \l{Running on Qt Simulator}
|
||||
\li Build and run the application for \l{Running on Qt Simulator}
|
||||
{\QS}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Build and run the application for a device:
|
||||
\li Build and run the application for a device:
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Specify a connection to the device. For more information, see
|
||||
\li Specify a connection to the device. For more information, see
|
||||
\l{Connecting Embedded Linux Devices}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click the \gui Run button.
|
||||
\li Click the \gui Run button.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,24 +2,24 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Build and run the application for \l{Running on Qt Simulator}
|
||||
\li Build and run the application for \l{Running on Qt Simulator}
|
||||
{\QS}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Build and run the application for
|
||||
\li Build and run the application for
|
||||
\l{Using Maemo or MeeGo Harmattan Emulator}
|
||||
{the Maemo or MeeGo Harmattan emulator}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Alternatively, you can build and run the application for a device:
|
||||
\li Alternatively, you can build and run the application for a device:
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Configure the device and specify a connection to it. For more
|
||||
\li Configure the device and specify a connection to it. For more
|
||||
information, see \l{Connecting Maemo Devices} and
|
||||
\l{Connecting MeeGo Harmattan Devices}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Connect the device to the development PC.
|
||||
\li Connect the device to the development PC.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click the \gui Run button.
|
||||
\li Click the \gui Run button.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -60,22 +60,22 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select the \l{glossary-buildandrun-kit}{kit} with \gui {Maemo5} device type
|
||||
\li Select the \l{glossary-buildandrun-kit}{kit} with \gui {Maemo5} device type
|
||||
for your project.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Choose \gui {Build > Publish Project}.
|
||||
\li Choose \gui {Build > Publish Project}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Publish for Fremantle Extras-devel Free Repository},
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Publish for Fremantle Extras-devel Free Repository},
|
||||
and then select \gui {Start Wizard}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select the Qt version and device type to build against and click
|
||||
\li Select the Qt version and device type to build against and click
|
||||
\gui Next.
|
||||
|
||||
To create a source archive without uploading it to the build
|
||||
server, select the \gui {Only create source package, do not upload}
|
||||
check box.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Garage account name} field, enter your login name, or
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Garage account name} field, enter your login name, or
|
||||
select \gui {Get an account} to create a new account.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-publish-maemo-extras.png "Upload Settings dialog"
|
||||
@@ -83,10 +83,10 @@
|
||||
You can also select \gui {Request upload rights} to use the Maemo
|
||||
Extras Assistant to validate your Garage account.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Commit to select the files to include in the source
|
||||
\li Select \gui Commit to select the files to include in the source
|
||||
package.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui OK to build the source package, and optionally, publish
|
||||
\li Select \gui OK to build the source package, and optionally, publish
|
||||
the application.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -40,17 +40,17 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Package filename must include the application name and version
|
||||
\li Package filename must include the application name and version
|
||||
number using three digits. For example: myapplication_1_0_1.deb
|
||||
|
||||
\o Application files must be installed to the opt folder on the ext3
|
||||
\li Application files must be installed to the opt folder on the ext3
|
||||
partition.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Debian packages must be given the category user/hidden.
|
||||
\li Debian packages must be given the category user/hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Application cannot crash or hang during use.
|
||||
\li Application cannot crash or hang during use.
|
||||
|
||||
\o The application must handle different memory situations correctly.
|
||||
\li The application must handle different memory situations correctly.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -10,17 +10,17 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Devices > \gui {Create New}.
|
||||
\li Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Devices > \gui {Create New}.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-ssh-key-configuration.png "SSH Key Configuration dialog"
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Private key file} field, select the location to save
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Private key file} field, select the location to save
|
||||
the private key.
|
||||
|
||||
The \gui {Public key file} field displays the location to save the
|
||||
corresponding public key.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Generate And Save Key Pair} to generate and save the
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Generate And Save Key Pair} to generate and save the
|
||||
keys at the specified locations.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -51,63 +51,63 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Make sure that your device can be reached via an IP address.
|
||||
\li Make sure that your device can be reached via an IP address.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Tools > Options > Build & Run > Qt Versions > Add} to
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Tools > Options > Build & Run > Qt Versions > Add} to
|
||||
add the Qt version
|
||||
for the embedded Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Tools > Options > Build & Run > Compilers > Add} to
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Tools > Options > Build & Run > Compilers > Add} to
|
||||
add the compiler
|
||||
for building the applications.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To deploy applications and run them remotely on devices, specify
|
||||
\li To deploy applications and run them remotely on devices, specify
|
||||
parameters for accessing the devices:
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Devices > \gui Add
|
||||
\li Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Devices > \gui Add
|
||||
> \gui {Generic Linux Device} > \gui {Start Wizard}.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-screenshot-devconf-linux.png "Connection Data wizard"
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {The name to identify this configuration} field,
|
||||
\li In the \gui {The name to identify this configuration} field,
|
||||
enter a name for the connection.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {The device's host name or IP address} field,
|
||||
\li In the \gui {The device's host name or IP address} field,
|
||||
enter the host name or IP address of the device.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {The user name to log into the device} field,
|
||||
\li In the \gui {The user name to log into the device} field,
|
||||
enter the user name to log into the device and run the
|
||||
application as.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {The authentication type} field, select whether
|
||||
\li In the \gui {The authentication type} field, select whether
|
||||
to use \gui Password or \gui Key authentication, and enter
|
||||
the user's password or the file that contains the user's
|
||||
private key.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui {Next} to create the connection.
|
||||
\li Click \gui {Next} to create the connection.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui {Build & Run} > \gui Kits
|
||||
\li Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui {Build & Run} > \gui Kits
|
||||
> \gui Add to add a kit for building for the device. Select the
|
||||
Qt version, compiler, and device that you added above, and choose
|
||||
\gui {Generic Linux Device} for the device type.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To specify build settings:
|
||||
\li To specify build settings:
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Open a project for an application you want to develop for the
|
||||
\li Open a project for an application you want to develop for the
|
||||
device.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Projects > \gui {Build & Run} > \gui {Add Kit} to
|
||||
\li Select \gui Projects > \gui {Build & Run} > \gui {Add Kit} to
|
||||
add the kit that you specified above.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Run to specify run settings.
|
||||
\li Select \gui Run to specify run settings.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-run-settings-linux-devices.png "Run settings for embedded Linux devices"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -52,14 +52,14 @@
|
||||
To build and run Qt applications for Maemo 5, you need the following:
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Maemo 5 device: Nokia N900 with software update release 1.3
|
||||
\li Maemo 5 device: Nokia N900 with software update release 1.3
|
||||
(V20.2010.36-2) or later installed.
|
||||
\if defined(qcmanual)
|
||||
\o MADDE cross-platform Maemo development
|
||||
\li MADDE cross-platform Maemo development
|
||||
tool (installed as part of the Qt 4 SDK).
|
||||
\endif
|
||||
|
||||
\o Nokia USB drivers.
|
||||
\li Nokia USB drivers.
|
||||
|
||||
Only needed if you develop on Windows and if you use a USB connection
|
||||
to run applications on the device. The drivers are
|
||||
@@ -106,23 +106,23 @@
|
||||
To install and configure Mad Developer:
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
\o On the Nokia N900, select \gui{App Manager > Download} > \gui{Development} > \gui{mad-developer}
|
||||
\li On the Nokia N900, select \gui{App Manager > Download} > \gui{Development} > \gui{mad-developer}
|
||||
to install the Mad Developer software package.
|
||||
\o Click \gui {Mad Developer} to start the Mad Developer application.
|
||||
\li Click \gui {Mad Developer} to start the Mad Developer application.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To use a WLAN connection, activate WLAN on the device and connect
|
||||
\li To use a WLAN connection, activate WLAN on the device and connect
|
||||
to the same network as the development PC. You can see the network
|
||||
address in the \gui wlan0 field.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To use a USB connection:
|
||||
\li To use a USB connection:
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o If you are using Microsoft Windows as development host, you must
|
||||
\li If you are using Microsoft Windows as development host, you must
|
||||
change the driver loaded for instantiating the connection.
|
||||
In the Mad Developer, select \gui{Manage USB} and select \gui{Load g_ether}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To set up the USB settings, click \gui Edit on the \gui usb0 row and
|
||||
\li To set up the USB settings, click \gui Edit on the \gui usb0 row and
|
||||
confirm by clicking \gui Configure.
|
||||
|
||||
\note By default, you do not need to make changes. The \gui usb0 row
|
||||
@@ -130,8 +130,8 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui{Developer Password} to generate a password for a freshly
|
||||
created user called \bold developer. The password stays valid for as long
|
||||
\li Select \gui{Developer Password} to generate a password for a freshly
|
||||
created user called \b developer. The password stays valid for as long
|
||||
as the password generation dialog is open. You enter the password when
|
||||
you configure the connection in \QC.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -149,15 +149,15 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o On the device, in \gui Programs, select \c {X Terminal} to open a
|
||||
\li On the device, in \gui Programs, select \c {X Terminal} to open a
|
||||
terminal window.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To install Qt Mobility libraries, enter the following command:
|
||||
\li To install Qt Mobility libraries, enter the following command:
|
||||
\c{/usr/lib/mad-developer/devrootsh apt-get install libqtm-*}
|
||||
|
||||
\o To confirm the installation, enter: \c Y
|
||||
\li To confirm the installation, enter: \c Y
|
||||
|
||||
\o Close the terminal.
|
||||
\li Close the terminal.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -192,18 +192,18 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Open the Network Connections window.
|
||||
\li Open the Network Connections window.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select the Linux USB Ethernet
|
||||
\li Select the Linux USB Ethernet
|
||||
connection that is displayed as a new Local Area Connection.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Edit the \gui {Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)} properties
|
||||
\li Edit the \gui {Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)} properties
|
||||
to specify the IP address for the connection.
|
||||
In the \gui {Use the following IP address} field, enter the following values:
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \gui {IP Address}: \bold {192.168.2.14}
|
||||
\o \gui SubnetMask: \bold {255.255.255.0}
|
||||
\o \gui {Default gateway}: leave this field empty
|
||||
\li \gui {IP Address}: \b {192.168.2.14}
|
||||
\li \gui SubnetMask: \b {255.255.255.0}
|
||||
\li \gui {Default gateway}: leave this field empty
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -269,94 +269,94 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o To deploy applications and run them remotely on devices,
|
||||
\li To deploy applications and run them remotely on devices,
|
||||
specify parameters for accessing devices:
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o Connect your device to the development PC via a USB cable or
|
||||
\li Connect your device to the development PC via a USB cable or
|
||||
a WLAN. For a USB connection, you are prompted to select the mode
|
||||
to use. Choose \gui{PC suite mode}.
|
||||
|
||||
\note If you experience connection problems due to a USB port issue,
|
||||
switch to a different port or use WLAN to connect to the device.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Devices > \gui Add.
|
||||
\li Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Devices > \gui Add.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Maemo5/Fremantle} > \gui {Start Wizard}.
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Maemo5/Fremantle} > \gui {Start Wizard}.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-dev-conf-maemo.png "Maemo device"
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {The name to identify this configuration} field,
|
||||
\li In the \gui {The name to identify this configuration} field,
|
||||
enter a name for the connection.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {The kind of device} field, select
|
||||
\li In the \gui {The kind of device} field, select
|
||||
\gui {Hardware device}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {The device's host name or IP address} field, enter
|
||||
\li In the \gui {The device's host name or IP address} field, enter
|
||||
the IP address from the connectivity tool on the device.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {The SSH server port} field, enter the port number to
|
||||
\li In the \gui {The SSH server port} field, enter the port number to
|
||||
use for SSH connections.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui Next.
|
||||
\li Click \gui Next.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Follow the instructions of the wizard to create the connection.
|
||||
\li Follow the instructions of the wizard to create the connection.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\if defined(qcmanual)
|
||||
|
||||
\o To test applications on the emulator (QEMU) separately, you must
|
||||
\li To test applications on the emulator (QEMU) separately, you must
|
||||
create a connection to it from the development PC. If you installed
|
||||
Qt 4 SDK, the connection is created automatically and you can omit this
|
||||
step.
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o In \QC, select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Devices >
|
||||
\li In \QC, select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Devices >
|
||||
\gui Add to add a new configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {The kind of device} field, select
|
||||
\li In the \gui {The kind of device} field, select
|
||||
\gui Emulator.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui Next.
|
||||
\li Click \gui Next.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Follow the instructions of the wizard to create and test the
|
||||
\li Follow the instructions of the wizard to create and test the
|
||||
connection.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\endif
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui {Build & Run} >
|
||||
\li Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui {Build & Run} >
|
||||
\gui Kits > \gui Add to add a kit for building for the device:
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Device type} field, select
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Device type} field, select
|
||||
\gui {Maemo5/Fremantle}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Device field, select the device that you added
|
||||
\li In the \gui Device field, select the device that you added
|
||||
above.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Sysroot field, specify the path to the sysroot.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Sysroot field, specify the path to the sysroot.
|
||||
By default, the Qt 4 SDK installer places sysroot in the
|
||||
following folder:
|
||||
\c{QtSDK\Maemo\4.6.2\sysroots\fremantle-arm-sysroot-20.2010.36-2-slim}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Compiler type} field, select GCC.
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Compiler type} field, select GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Compiler field, specify the path to the GCC
|
||||
\li In the \gui Compiler field, specify the path to the GCC
|
||||
compiler. By default, the Qt 4 SDK installer places the
|
||||
compiler in the following folder:
|
||||
\c{QtSDK\Maemo\4.6.2\targets\fremantle-pr13\bin\}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Debugger field, specify the path to GDB. By
|
||||
\li In the \gui Debugger field, specify the path to GDB. By
|
||||
default, the Qt 4 SDK installer places the debugger
|
||||
in the following folder:
|
||||
\c{QtSDK\Maemo\4.6.2\targets\fremantle-pr13\bin\}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Qt version} field, choose the MADDE Qt version
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Qt version} field, choose the MADDE Qt version
|
||||
for Maemo5/Fremantle. By default, the Qt 4 SDK installer
|
||||
places qmake in the following folder:
|
||||
\c{QtSDK\Maemo\4.6.2\targets\fremantle-pr13\bin\}.
|
||||
@@ -365,15 +365,15 @@
|
||||
|
||||
You can leave the \gui {Qt mkspec} field empty.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Open a project for an application you want to develop for your
|
||||
\li Open a project for an application you want to develop for your
|
||||
device.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Projects > \gui {Build & Run} > \gui {Add Kit} to
|
||||
\li Select \gui Projects > \gui {Build & Run} > \gui {Add Kit} to
|
||||
add the kit that you specified above.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Run to specify run settings for the project.
|
||||
\li Select \gui Run to specify run settings for the project.
|
||||
|
||||
\o The mobile application wizard automatically sets the folder
|
||||
\li The mobile application wizard automatically sets the folder
|
||||
where the file is installed on the device in the \gui {Remote
|
||||
Directory} field. For example, \c {/opt/usr/bin}. If the text
|
||||
\gui {<no target path set>} is displayed, click it to specify a
|
||||
@@ -389,15 +389,15 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o On the device, in \gui Programs, select \c {X Terminal} to open a
|
||||
\li On the device, in \gui Programs, select \c {X Terminal} to open a
|
||||
terminal window.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To specify the password, enter the following command:
|
||||
\li To specify the password, enter the following command:
|
||||
\c{/usr/lib/mad-developer/devrootsh passwd user}
|
||||
|
||||
\o In \QC, select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Devices.
|
||||
\li In \QC, select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Devices.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Specify the username \c user and the password in the device
|
||||
\li Specify the username \c user and the password in the device
|
||||
configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -411,24 +411,24 @@
|
||||
\table
|
||||
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o IP Address and Network on Device
|
||||
\o USB Network on Development PC
|
||||
\o Host Name in \QC Build Settings
|
||||
\li IP Address and Network on Device
|
||||
\li USB Network on Development PC
|
||||
\li Host Name in \QC Build Settings
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o 172.30.7.15 255.255.255.0
|
||||
\o 172.30.7.14 255.255.255.0
|
||||
\o 172.30.7.15
|
||||
\li 172.30.7.15 255.255.255.0
|
||||
\li 172.30.7.14 255.255.255.0
|
||||
\li 172.30.7.15
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o 10.133.133.15
|
||||
\o 10.133.133.14
|
||||
\o 10.133.133.15
|
||||
\li 10.133.133.15
|
||||
\li 10.133.133.14
|
||||
\li 10.133.133.15
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o 192.168.133.15
|
||||
\o 192.168.133.14
|
||||
\o 192.168.133.15
|
||||
\li 192.168.133.15
|
||||
\li 192.168.133.14
|
||||
\li 192.168.133.15
|
||||
|
||||
\note You cannot use the value localhost for connections to a device.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -82,16 +82,16 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o On the device, select \gui {Settings > Security > Developer
|
||||
\li On the device, select \gui {Settings > Security > Developer
|
||||
mode} to turn on developer mode.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Applications > SDK Connectivity} to start the SDK
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Applications > SDK Connectivity} to start the SDK
|
||||
Connectivity application.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Select Connection} and then select the type of the
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Select Connection} and then select the type of the
|
||||
connection to create: \gui WLAN or \gui USB.
|
||||
|
||||
\o For a USB connection, select the operating system of the
|
||||
\li For a USB connection, select the operating system of the
|
||||
development PC in \gui {Select Module}.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -130,16 +130,16 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Open the network settings.
|
||||
\li Open the network settings.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click the + button on the network settings panel.
|
||||
\li Click the + button on the network settings panel.
|
||||
|
||||
\o When the interface is available, select \gui {Configure IPv4 > Using
|
||||
\li When the interface is available, select \gui {Configure IPv4 > Using
|
||||
DHCP with manual address}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Enter the address 192.168.2.14 into the IP address field.
|
||||
\li Enter the address 192.168.2.14 into the IP address field.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui Apply.
|
||||
\li Click \gui Apply.
|
||||
|
||||
The network connection between your device and workstation is now
|
||||
configured.
|
||||
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Open the \gui {Network and Sharing Center} and select \gui {Change
|
||||
\li Open the \gui {Network and Sharing Center} and select \gui {Change
|
||||
adapter settings}.
|
||||
|
||||
The Linux USB Ethernet connection you just installed is displayed
|
||||
@@ -170,18 +170,18 @@
|
||||
\note If you cannot see \gui {Linux USB Ethernet/RNDIS gadget}, try
|
||||
to unplug and replug the USB cable.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Right-click \gui {Linux USB Ethernet/RNDIS gadget} and select
|
||||
\li Right-click \gui {Linux USB Ethernet/RNDIS gadget} and select
|
||||
\gui Properties.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Edit the \gui {Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)} properties
|
||||
\li Edit the \gui {Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)} properties
|
||||
to specify the IP address for the connection. In the \gui {Use the
|
||||
following IP address} field, enter the following values:
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui {IP Address}: \bold {192.168.2.14}
|
||||
\o \gui SubnetMask: \bold {255.255.255.0}
|
||||
\o \gui {Default gateway}: leave this field empty
|
||||
\li \gui {IP Address}: \b {192.168.2.14}
|
||||
\li \gui SubnetMask: \b {255.255.255.0}
|
||||
\li \gui {Default gateway}: leave this field empty
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -203,20 +203,20 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Open the Network Connections window.
|
||||
\li Open the Network Connections window.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select the Linux USB Ethernet connection that is displayed as a new
|
||||
\li Select the Linux USB Ethernet connection that is displayed as a new
|
||||
Local Area Connection.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Edit the \gui {Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)} properties
|
||||
\li Edit the \gui {Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)} properties
|
||||
to specify the IP address for the connection. In the \gui {Use the
|
||||
following IP address} field, enter the following values:
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui {IP Address}: \bold {192.168.2.14}
|
||||
\o \gui SubnetMask: \bold {255.255.255.0}
|
||||
\o \gui {Default gateway}: leave this field empty
|
||||
\li \gui {IP Address}: \b {192.168.2.14}
|
||||
\li \gui SubnetMask: \b {255.255.255.0}
|
||||
\li \gui {Default gateway}: leave this field empty
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -280,12 +280,12 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o To deploy applications and run them remotely on devices,
|
||||
\li To deploy applications and run them remotely on devices,
|
||||
specify parameters for accessing devices:
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o Connect your device to the development PC via a USB cable or
|
||||
\li Connect your device to the development PC via a USB cable or
|
||||
a WLAN. For a USB connection, you are prompted to select the
|
||||
mode to use. Choose \gui{PC suite mode}.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -293,56 +293,56 @@
|
||||
port issue, switch to a different port or use WLAN to
|
||||
connect to the device.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Devices > \gui Add.
|
||||
\li Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Devices > \gui Add.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {MeeGo 1.2 Harmattan} > \gui {Start Wizard} to
|
||||
\li Select \gui {MeeGo 1.2 Harmattan} > \gui {Start Wizard} to
|
||||
add a new configuration for a device.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-screenshot-devconf.png
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {The name to identify this configuration} field,
|
||||
\li In the \gui {The name to identify this configuration} field,
|
||||
enter a name for the connection.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {The kind of device} field, select
|
||||
\li In the \gui {The kind of device} field, select
|
||||
\gui {Hardware device}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {The device's host name or IP address} field,
|
||||
\li In the \gui {The device's host name or IP address} field,
|
||||
enter the IP address from the connectivity tool on the
|
||||
device.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {The SSH server port} field, enter the port
|
||||
\li In the \gui {The SSH server port} field, enter the port
|
||||
number to use for SSH connections.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui Next.
|
||||
\li Click \gui Next.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Follow the instructions of the wizard to create the
|
||||
\li Follow the instructions of the wizard to create the
|
||||
configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\if defined(qcmanual)
|
||||
|
||||
\o To test applications on the emulator (QEMU), you must
|
||||
\li To test applications on the emulator (QEMU), you must
|
||||
create a connection to it from the development PC. If you installed
|
||||
Qt 4 SDK, the connection is created automatically and you can omit this
|
||||
step.
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o In \QC, select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Devices >
|
||||
\li In \QC, select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Devices >
|
||||
\gui Add to add a new configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {MeeGo 1.2 Harmattan} > \gui {Start Wizard}.
|
||||
\li Select \gui {MeeGo 1.2 Harmattan} > \gui {Start Wizard}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {The name to identify this configuration} field,
|
||||
\li In the \gui {The name to identify this configuration} field,
|
||||
enter a name for the connection.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {The kind of device} field, select
|
||||
\li In the \gui {The kind of device} field, select
|
||||
\gui Emulator.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui Next.
|
||||
\li Click \gui Next.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Follow the instructions of the wizard to create the
|
||||
\li Follow the instructions of the wizard to create the
|
||||
connection.
|
||||
|
||||
SDK Connectivity is not needed for emulator connections, and
|
||||
@@ -353,35 +353,35 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\endif
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui {Build & Run} >
|
||||
\li Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui {Build & Run} >
|
||||
\gui Kits > \gui Add to add a kit for building for the device:
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Device type} field, select
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Device type} field, select
|
||||
\gui {MeeGo 1.2 Harmattan}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Device field, select the device that you added
|
||||
\li In the \gui Device field, select the device that you added
|
||||
above.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Sysroot field, specify the path to the sysroot.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Sysroot field, specify the path to the sysroot.
|
||||
By default, the Qt 4 SDK installer places sysroot in the
|
||||
following folder:
|
||||
\c{QtSDK\Madde\bin\sysroots\harmattan_sysroot_10.2011.34-1_slim}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Compiler type} field, select GCC.
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Compiler type} field, select GCC.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Compiler field, specify the path to the GCC
|
||||
\li In the \gui Compiler field, specify the path to the GCC
|
||||
compiler. By default, the Qt 4 SDK installer places the
|
||||
compiler in the following folder:
|
||||
\c{QtSDK\Madde\targets\harmattan_10.2011.34-1_rt1.2\bin\}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Debugger field, specify the path to GDB. By
|
||||
\li In the \gui Debugger field, specify the path to GDB. By
|
||||
default, the Qt 4 SDK installer places the debugger
|
||||
in the following folder:
|
||||
\c{QtSDK\Madde\targets\harmattan_10.2011.34-1_rt1.2\bin\}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Qt version} field, choose the MADDE Qt version
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Qt version} field, choose the MADDE Qt version
|
||||
for MeeGo 1.2 Harmattan. By default, the Qt 4 SDK installer
|
||||
places qmake in the following folder:
|
||||
\c{QtSDK\Madde\targets\harmattan_10.2011.34-1_rt1.2\bin\}.
|
||||
@@ -390,15 +390,15 @@
|
||||
|
||||
You can leave the \gui {Qt mkspec} field empty.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Open a project for an application you want to develop
|
||||
\li Open a project for an application you want to develop
|
||||
for your device.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Projects > \gui {Build & Run} > \gui {Add Kit} to
|
||||
\li Select \gui Projects > \gui {Build & Run} > \gui {Add Kit} to
|
||||
add the kit that you specified above.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Run to specify run settings for the project.
|
||||
\li Select \gui Run to specify run settings for the project.
|
||||
|
||||
\o The Qt Quick project wizards automatically set the folder
|
||||
\li The Qt Quick project wizards automatically set the folder
|
||||
where the file is installed on the device in the \gui {Remote
|
||||
Directory} field. For example, \c {/opt/usr/bin}. If the text
|
||||
\gui {<no target path set>} is displayed, click it to specify a
|
||||
@@ -416,21 +416,21 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o On the device, select \gui Terminal to open a
|
||||
\li On the device, select \gui Terminal to open a
|
||||
terminal window.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To specify the password, enter the following command:
|
||||
\li To specify the password, enter the following command:
|
||||
\c{/usr/lib/mad-developer/devrootsh passwd user}
|
||||
|
||||
\o In \QC, select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Devices.
|
||||
\li In \QC, select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui Devices.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Specify the username \c user and the password in the device
|
||||
\li Specify the username \c user and the password in the device
|
||||
configuration.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\input linux-mobile/linuxdev-keys.qdocinc
|
||||
\input linux-mobile/linuxdev-processes.qdocinc
|
||||
\include linux-mobile/linuxdev-keys.qdocinc
|
||||
\include linux-mobile/linuxdev-processes.qdocinc
|
||||
|
||||
\endif
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -443,24 +443,24 @@
|
||||
\table
|
||||
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o IP Address and Network on Device
|
||||
\o USB Network on Development PC
|
||||
\o Host Name in \QC Build Settings
|
||||
\li IP Address and Network on Device
|
||||
\li USB Network on Development PC
|
||||
\li Host Name in \QC Build Settings
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o 172.30.7.15 255.255.255.0
|
||||
\o 172.30.7.14 255.255.255.0
|
||||
\o 172.30.7.15
|
||||
\li 172.30.7.15 255.255.255.0
|
||||
\li 172.30.7.14 255.255.255.0
|
||||
\li 172.30.7.15
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o 10.133.133.15
|
||||
\o 10.133.133.14
|
||||
\o 10.133.133.15
|
||||
\li 10.133.133.15
|
||||
\li 10.133.133.14
|
||||
\li 10.133.133.15
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o 192.168.133.15
|
||||
\o 192.168.133.14
|
||||
\o 192.168.133.15
|
||||
\li 192.168.133.15
|
||||
\li 192.168.133.14
|
||||
\li 192.168.133.15
|
||||
|
||||
\note You cannot use the value localhost for connections to a
|
||||
device.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -35,30 +35,30 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \bold{Open Source front-end for C++ (license MIT)}, enhanced for use
|
||||
\li \b{Open Source front-end for C++ (license MIT)}, enhanced for use
|
||||
in \QC.\br
|
||||
Roberto Raggi <roberto.raggi@gmail.com>\br
|
||||
QtCreator/src/shared/cplusplus\br\br
|
||||
|
||||
\o \bold{Botan, a C++ crypto library. Version 1.8.8}\br
|
||||
\li \b{Botan, a C++ crypto library. Version 1.8.8}\br
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o Copyright (C) 1999-2004 The Botan Project. All rights
|
||||
\li Copyright (C) 1999-2004 The Botan Project. All rights
|
||||
reserved.
|
||||
\o Copyright (C) 1999-2009 Jack Lloyd
|
||||
\o 2001 Peter J Jones
|
||||
\o 2004-2007 Justin Karneges
|
||||
\o 2005 Matthew Gregan
|
||||
\o 2005-2006 Matt Johnston
|
||||
\o 2006 Luca Piccarreta
|
||||
\o 2007 Yves Jerschow
|
||||
\o 2007-2008 FlexSecure GmbH
|
||||
\o 2007-2008 Technische Universitat Darmstadt
|
||||
\o 2007-2008 Falko Strenzke
|
||||
\o 2007-2008 Martin Doering
|
||||
\o 2007 Manuel Hartl
|
||||
\o 2007 Christoph Ludwig
|
||||
\o 2007 Patrick Sona
|
||||
\li Copyright (C) 1999-2009 Jack Lloyd
|
||||
\li 2001 Peter J Jones
|
||||
\li 2004-2007 Justin Karneges
|
||||
\li 2005 Matthew Gregan
|
||||
\li 2005-2006 Matt Johnston
|
||||
\li 2006 Luca Piccarreta
|
||||
\li 2007 Yves Jerschow
|
||||
\li 2007-2008 FlexSecure GmbH
|
||||
\li 2007-2008 Technische Universitat Darmstadt
|
||||
\li 2007-2008 Falko Strenzke
|
||||
\li 2007-2008 Martin Doering
|
||||
\li 2007 Manuel Hartl
|
||||
\li 2007 Christoph Ludwig
|
||||
\li 2007 Patrick Sona
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
All rights reserved.\br\br
|
||||
@@ -89,8 +89,8 @@
|
||||
The source code of Botan C++ crypto library can be found
|
||||
here:
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o QtCreator/src/libs/3rdparty
|
||||
\o \l{http://qt.gitorious.org/qt-creator/qt-creator/trees/master/src/libs/3rdparty}
|
||||
\li QtCreator/src/libs/3rdparty
|
||||
\li \l{http://qt.gitorious.org/qt-creator/qt-creator/trees/master/src/libs/3rdparty}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\br\br
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -45,30 +45,30 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Supported Platforms}
|
||||
\li \l{Supported Platforms}
|
||||
|
||||
You can install and run \QC on several operating systems to create
|
||||
applications for multiple desktop and mobile device platforms.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Using Other Build Systems}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Other Build Systems}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC is integrated with cross-platform systems for build automation:
|
||||
qmake and CMake. In addition, you can import generic projects that
|
||||
do not use qmake or CMake, and specify that \QC ignores your build
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Using Command Line Options}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Command Line Options}
|
||||
|
||||
You can start \QC and specify some options for running it from the
|
||||
command line.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Keyboard Shortcuts}
|
||||
\li \l{Keyboard Shortcuts}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC provides various keyboard shortcuts to speed up your development
|
||||
process. You can change the keyboard shortcuts, as well as import
|
||||
and export keyboard shortcut mapping schemes.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Using External Tools}
|
||||
\li \l{Using External Tools}
|
||||
|
||||
You can use external tools directly from \QC. Qt Linguist,
|
||||
QML preview tools (QML Viewer and QML Scene), the default text
|
||||
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Showing Task List Files in Issues Pane}
|
||||
\li \l{Showing Task List Files in Issues Pane}
|
||||
|
||||
You can load report files created by code scanning and analysis
|
||||
tools to the \gui Issues output pane. You can navigate to the
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -37,12 +37,12 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Deploying Applications to Android Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Deploying Applications to Android Devices}
|
||||
|
||||
When you deploy the application on an Android device, \QC copies
|
||||
the application files to the device. In addition, you can determine
|
||||
the Qt libraries to use.
|
||||
\o \l{Deploying Applications to Linux-Based Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Deploying Applications to Linux-Based Devices}
|
||||
|
||||
When you deploy the application on a Linux-based device, such
|
||||
as embedded Linux, MeeGo 1.2 Harmattan, or Maemo 5/Fremantle, \QC
|
||||
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
|
||||
can test and debug the application on the device.
|
||||
You can create Debian installation packages for MeeGo Harmattan and
|
||||
Maemo 5/Fremantle devices.
|
||||
\o \l{Deploying Applications to QNX Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Deploying Applications to QNX Devices}
|
||||
|
||||
When you deploy the application on a BlackBerry, \QC generates a
|
||||
BAR package in the build directory and deploys it to the connected
|
||||
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
|
||||
\section1 Related Topics
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Publishing}
|
||||
\li \l{Publishing}
|
||||
|
||||
When you are ready to publish the application on a publishing
|
||||
channel, you must make sure that the installation file meets the
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -44,19 +44,19 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Publishing Qt Content for MeeGo Harmattan Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Publishing Qt Content for MeeGo Harmattan Devices}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC generates installation packages that you can publish to
|
||||
Nokia Store. However, you must make sure that the packages meet
|
||||
the requirements of the Nokia Store.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Publishing Qt Content for Maemo Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Publishing Qt Content for Maemo Devices}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC generates installation packages that you can publish to
|
||||
Nokia Store. However, you must make sure that the packages meet
|
||||
the requirements of the Nokia Store.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Publishing Maemo Applications to Extras-devel}
|
||||
\li \l{Publishing Maemo Applications to Extras-devel}
|
||||
|
||||
You can use the \gui {Publish for Fremantle Extras-devel Free
|
||||
Repository} wizard to create a source archive and, optionally,
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Developing Qt Quick Applications}
|
||||
\li \l{Developing Qt Quick Applications}
|
||||
|
||||
You can either create Qt Quick projects from scratch or import
|
||||
existing projects to \QC. You can use the code editor (Edit mode)
|
||||
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
|
||||
However, the visual editor only supports Qt Quick 1, which is
|
||||
offered in Qt 5 only for compatibility with Qt 4. We recommend that
|
||||
you use Qt Quick 2 for new Qt 5 applications.
|
||||
\o \l{Developing Widget Based Applications}
|
||||
\li \l{Developing Widget Based Applications}
|
||||
|
||||
Widgets and forms created with \QD are integrated seamlessly with
|
||||
programmed code by using the Qt signals and slots mechanism that
|
||||
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
|
||||
properties set in \QD can be changed dynamically within the code.
|
||||
Furthermore, features such as widget promotion and custom
|
||||
plugins allow you to use your own widgets with \QD.
|
||||
\o \l{Optimizing Applications for Mobile Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Optimizing Applications for Mobile Devices}
|
||||
|
||||
Mobile devices have been designed for use when mobile. Keep the
|
||||
characteristics of mobile devices in mind when you create
|
||||
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Adding Qt Designer Plugins}
|
||||
\li \l{Adding Qt Designer Plugins}
|
||||
|
||||
You can use Qt APIs to create plugins that extend Qt applications.
|
||||
This enables you to add your own widgets to \QD.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -32,27 +32,27 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator-gs-01.png
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator-gs-02.png
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator-gs-03.png
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator-gs-04.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator-gs-01.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator-gs-02.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator-gs-03.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator-gs-04.png
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{IDE Overview}}
|
||||
\li \b {\l{IDE Overview}}
|
||||
|
||||
If you have not used an integrated development environment (IDE)
|
||||
before, or want to know what kind of IDE \QC is, go to
|
||||
\l{IDE Overview}.
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{User Interface}}
|
||||
\li \b {\l{User Interface}}
|
||||
|
||||
If you have not used \QC before, and want to become familiar
|
||||
with the parts of the user interface, go to \l{User Interface}.
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{Building and Running an Example}}
|
||||
\li \b {\l{Building and Running an Example}}
|
||||
|
||||
To check that \l{glossary-buildandrun-kit}{kits} for building and running were
|
||||
successfully installed as part of the \QSDK installation, open
|
||||
an example application and run it. If you have not done so
|
||||
before, go to \l{Building and Running an Example}.
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{Tutorials}}
|
||||
\li \b {\l{Tutorials}}
|
||||
|
||||
Now you are ready to start developing your own applications.
|
||||
Pick a tutorial to follow in \l{Tutorials}
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -32,13 +32,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o Term
|
||||
\o Meaning
|
||||
\li Term
|
||||
\li Meaning
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Build configuration
|
||||
\li Build configuration
|
||||
\target glossary-build-config
|
||||
\o Contains all the information you need to compile the sources
|
||||
\li Contains all the information you need to compile the sources
|
||||
into binaries. Different build configurations allow you to
|
||||
quickly build the project for different purposes.
|
||||
By default, \QC creates \e {debug build} and \e {release build}
|
||||
@@ -50,9 +50,9 @@
|
||||
release configuration for creating the final installation file.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Build step
|
||||
\li Build step
|
||||
\target glossary-build-step
|
||||
\o A command that \QC executes to accomplish a basic step in a
|
||||
\li A command that \QC executes to accomplish a basic step in a
|
||||
complex task such as cleaning, building, or deploying a project.
|
||||
\QC executes build steps in sequence to complete the task.
|
||||
The number and type of necessary build steps depends on the
|
||||
@@ -61,9 +61,9 @@
|
||||
and \c make.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Component
|
||||
\li Component
|
||||
\target glossary-component
|
||||
\o An instantiable QML definition, typically
|
||||
\li An instantiable QML definition, typically
|
||||
contained in a .qml file. For instance, a Button component may
|
||||
be defined in Button.qml. The QML runtime may instantiate this
|
||||
Button component to create Button objects. Alternatively, a
|
||||
@@ -72,26 +72,26 @@
|
||||
{Component} element.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Deploy configuration
|
||||
\li Deploy configuration
|
||||
\target glossary-deploy-config
|
||||
\o Handles the packaging and copying of the necessary files to a
|
||||
\li Handles the packaging and copying of the necessary files to a
|
||||
location you want to run the executable at. The files can be
|
||||
copied to a location in the file system of the development PC or
|
||||
a mobile device.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Kit
|
||||
\li Kit
|
||||
\target glossary-buildandrun-kit
|
||||
\o \QC groups build and run specific settings as kits to make
|
||||
\li \QC groups build and run specific settings as kits to make
|
||||
cross-platform development easier. Each kit consists of a set
|
||||
of values that define one environment, such as a device,
|
||||
tool chain, Qt version, and debugger command to use. Configure kits at
|
||||
\gui {Tools > Options > Build & Run > Kits}.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Mode
|
||||
\li Mode
|
||||
\target glossary-mode
|
||||
\o Adapts the \QC user interface to the different application
|
||||
\li Adapts the \QC user interface to the different application
|
||||
development tasks at hand. Each mode has its own view that shows
|
||||
only the information required for performing a particular task,
|
||||
and provides only the most relevant features and functions
|
||||
@@ -99,25 +99,25 @@
|
||||
is always dedicated to actual application development tasks.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Project
|
||||
\li Project
|
||||
\target glossary-project
|
||||
\o Groups together a set of source files, forms, and resource files
|
||||
\li Groups together a set of source files, forms, and resource files
|
||||
that you can build, deploy, and run for different desktop and
|
||||
mobile device platforms, as
|
||||
specified by a \e {build configuration}, \e {deploy
|
||||
configuration}, and \e {run configuration}.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Qt version
|
||||
\li Qt version
|
||||
\target glossary-project-qt
|
||||
\o \QC allows you to have multiple versions of Qt installed on your
|
||||
\li \QC allows you to have multiple versions of Qt installed on your
|
||||
development PC and use different versions to build your projects
|
||||
for different purposes.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Run configuration
|
||||
\li Run configuration
|
||||
\target glossary-run-config
|
||||
\o Starts the application in the location where it was copied by
|
||||
\li Starts the application in the location where it was copied by
|
||||
the \e {deploy configuration}. By default, when you run a
|
||||
project, \QC builds it, deploys it to the device specified in the selected
|
||||
\l{glossary-buildandrun-kit}{kit},
|
||||
@@ -126,9 +126,9 @@
|
||||
runs it again.
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Shadow build
|
||||
\li Shadow build
|
||||
\target glossary-shadow-build
|
||||
\o Shadow building means building a project in a separate
|
||||
\li Shadow building means building a project in a separate
|
||||
directory, the \e{build directory}. The build directory is
|
||||
different from the \e {source directory}. One of the benefits of
|
||||
shadow building is that it keeps your source directory clean,
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Using the Help Mode}
|
||||
\li \l{Using the Help Mode}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC comes fully integrated with Qt documentation and examples using
|
||||
the Qt Help plugin. You can add external documentation to the
|
||||
@@ -42,21 +42,21 @@
|
||||
information faster. In addition, you can add bookmarks to help
|
||||
pages.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{FAQ}
|
||||
\li \l{FAQ}
|
||||
|
||||
Contains answers to some frequently asked questions about \QC.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Tips and Tricks}
|
||||
\li \l{Tips and Tricks}
|
||||
|
||||
Lists useful \QC features.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Known Issues}
|
||||
\li \l{Known Issues}
|
||||
|
||||
Lists known issues in \QC version \qtcversion. The development team
|
||||
is aware of them, and therefore, you do not need to report them as
|
||||
bugs.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Glossary}
|
||||
\li \l{Glossary}
|
||||
|
||||
Lists special terms used in \QC.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -66,11 +66,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Technical Support}
|
||||
\li \l{Technical Support}
|
||||
|
||||
Lists Qt support sites and other useful sites.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Acknowledgements}
|
||||
\li \l{Acknowledgements}
|
||||
|
||||
Lists the third-party components in \QC.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -42,11 +42,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o If you change the Input Languages in Windows, \QC might not
|
||||
\li If you change the Input Languages in Windows, \QC might not
|
||||
respond for 30 seconds. This is a known issue in the Advanced Text
|
||||
Service of Microsoft Windows.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \QC uses SQLite for storing some of its settings. SQLite is
|
||||
\li \QC uses SQLite for storing some of its settings. SQLite is
|
||||
known to have problems with certain NFS servers (most notably the
|
||||
nfs-user-server 2.2beta), since they can lock up the application
|
||||
when it tries to lock the database. If your home directory is on an
|
||||
@@ -54,20 +54,20 @@
|
||||
switch to the nfs-kernel-server, or create a symlink so that the
|
||||
settings are stored locally.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Qt 4.7.4 is known to contain a bug exposed by g++ 4.6 which triggers
|
||||
\li Qt 4.7.4 is known to contain a bug exposed by g++ 4.6 which triggers
|
||||
a crash in \QC. For more information, see
|
||||
\l{https://bugreports.qt-project.org/browse/QTBUG-21265}{QTBUG-21265}
|
||||
|
||||
\o The Okteta KDE custom widget plugin might be installed as part of
|
||||
\li The Okteta KDE custom widget plugin might be installed as part of
|
||||
some Linux distributions. It can cause Qt Designer to crash. For
|
||||
more information, see:
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/kdeutils/+bug/662005}
|
||||
\li \l{https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/kdeutils/+bug/662005}
|
||||
{Ubuntu bug 662005}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{https://bugreports.qt-project.org/browse/QTBUG-12025}
|
||||
\li \l{https://bugreports.qt-project.org/browse/QTBUG-12025}
|
||||
{QTBUG-12025}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Code completion does not support typedefs for nested classes.
|
||||
\li Code completion does not support typedefs for nested classes.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Paths or file names containing spaces or special characters
|
||||
\li Paths or file names containing spaces or special characters
|
||||
(such as colons, dollar signs, and hash marks) may cause problems.
|
||||
This is because some of the tools \QC uses in the background have
|
||||
restrictions on the characters allowed in file and directory names.
|
||||
@@ -102,15 +102,15 @@
|
||||
items with names consisting of plain characters, numbers,
|
||||
underscores, and hyphens.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Creating new CMake projects with \QC is not supported.
|
||||
\li Creating new CMake projects with \QC is not supported.
|
||||
|
||||
\if defined(qcmanual)
|
||||
\o On Windows, you must create projects for Maemo 5 and Harmattan
|
||||
\li On Windows, you must create projects for Maemo 5 and Harmattan
|
||||
device types on the same partition where you installed Qt 4 SDK, \QC, and
|
||||
MADDE.
|
||||
\endif
|
||||
|
||||
\o If error messages displayed in the \gui {Compile Output} pane contain
|
||||
\li If error messages displayed in the \gui {Compile Output} pane contain
|
||||
paths where slashes are missing (for example, C:QtSDK),
|
||||
check your PATH variable. For more information, see
|
||||
\l{Troubleshooting MinGW Compilation Errors}.
|
||||
@@ -121,29 +121,29 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o When debugging executables created by the GNU Compiler version 4.5.0
|
||||
\li When debugging executables created by the GNU Compiler version 4.5.0
|
||||
(all platforms), some data types will not be displayed in the
|
||||
\gui{Locals and Expressions} view due to missing debug information.
|
||||
|
||||
\o GDB on Windows may not work if the 'Embassy \reg Security Center'
|
||||
\li GDB on Windows may not work if the 'Embassy \reg Security Center'
|
||||
software by 'Wave \reg Systems' is installed and active (causing
|
||||
crashes in \c{vxvault.dll)}).
|
||||
|
||||
\o GDB may take long to load debugging symbols, especially from large
|
||||
\li GDB may take long to load debugging symbols, especially from large
|
||||
libraries.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Setting breakpoints in code that is compiled into the binary more
|
||||
\li Setting breakpoints in code that is compiled into the binary more
|
||||
than once does not work.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Setting breakpoints in files that do not have unique absolute
|
||||
\li Setting breakpoints in files that do not have unique absolute
|
||||
paths may fail. For example, remounting parts of a file system
|
||||
using the --bind mount option.
|
||||
|
||||
\o A regression in GCC 4.5.0 causes return value optimization to
|
||||
\li A regression in GCC 4.5.0 causes return value optimization to
|
||||
produce inaccurate debug info that GCC applies also to
|
||||
non-optimized builds. For more information, see
|
||||
\l{http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=44731}
|
||||
{GCC Bugzilla <20> Bug 44731}.
|
||||
{GCC Bugzilla <20> Bug 44731}.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \QMLD uses external processes (QML Puppet) to render and preview
|
||||
\li \QMLD uses external processes (QML Puppet) to render and preview
|
||||
images and to collect data. Executing C++ code might cause the QML
|
||||
Puppet to crash. If it crashes, an error message is displayed and
|
||||
you can continue editing the QML file in the code editor.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Connecting Android Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Connecting Android Devices}
|
||||
|
||||
Qt applications for Android are compiled as \c {shared objects} that
|
||||
are loaded by a Java launcher generated by the Qt for Android SDK.
|
||||
@@ -51,20 +51,20 @@
|
||||
Android version 1.6, or later. You must install the Qt for Android
|
||||
SDK to develop for Android devices.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Connecting Embedded Linux Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Connecting Embedded Linux Devices}
|
||||
|
||||
If you have a tool chain for building applications for embedded
|
||||
Linux devices (with no MADDE support) installed on the development
|
||||
PC, you can add it and the device to \QC.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Connecting Maemo Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Connecting Maemo Devices}
|
||||
|
||||
Maemo 5 (Fremantle) is a Linux-based software platform developed by
|
||||
Nokia and delivered on the Nokia N900. Use a connectivity tool (Mad
|
||||
Developer) to create the device-side end point for USB and WLAN
|
||||
connections.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Connecting MeeGo Harmattan Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Connecting MeeGo Harmattan Devices}
|
||||
|
||||
MeeGo Harmattan is a Linux-based software platform developed by
|
||||
Nokia and preinstalled on Nokia N950 and Nokia N9. It enables
|
||||
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
|
||||
Use the SDK Connectivity tool that is preinstalled on the device to
|
||||
create the device-side end point for USB and WLAN connections.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Connecting QNX Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Connecting QNX Devices}
|
||||
|
||||
You can connect QNX devices to the development PC to deploy, run and
|
||||
debug applications on them from within \QC. This is currently only
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -40,11 +40,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_managingprojects.png
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_designinguserinterface.png
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_coding.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_managingprojects.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_designinguserinterface.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_coding.png
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{Managing Projects}}
|
||||
\li \b {\l{Managing Projects}}
|
||||
|
||||
To be able to build and run applications, \QC needs the same
|
||||
information as a compiler would need. This information is
|
||||
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
|
||||
the necessary files, and specifies settings depending on the
|
||||
choices you make. For more information, see
|
||||
\l{Managing Projects}.
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{Designing User Interfaces}}
|
||||
\li \b {\l{Designing User Interfaces}}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC provides two integrated visual editors, \QMLD and \QD.
|
||||
To create intuitive, modern-looking, fluid user interfaces, you
|
||||
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
|
||||
structured and enforces a platform look and feel, you can use
|
||||
the integrated \QD. For more information, see
|
||||
\l{Designing User Interfaces}.
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{Coding}}
|
||||
\li \b {\l{Coding}}
|
||||
|
||||
As an IDE, \QC differs from a text editor in that it knows how
|
||||
to build and run applications. It understands the C++ and QML
|
||||
@@ -74,11 +74,11 @@
|
||||
checking code syntax, code completion, and refactoring actions.
|
||||
For more information, see \l{Coding}.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_buildingrunning.png
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_testing.png
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_publishing.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_buildingrunning.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_testing.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_publishing.png
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{Building and Running}}
|
||||
\li \b {\l{Building and Running}}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC is integrated with cross-platform systems for build
|
||||
automation: qmake and CMake. In addition, you can import
|
||||
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
|
||||
different setups and target platforms.
|
||||
|
||||
For more information, see \l{Building and Running}.
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{Debugging and Analyzing}}
|
||||
\li \b {\l{Debugging and Analyzing}}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC is integrated to several external native debuggers: GNU
|
||||
Symbolic Debugger (GDB), Microsoft Console Debugger (CDB), and
|
||||
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
|
||||
Qt Quick applications.
|
||||
|
||||
For more information, see \l{Debugging and Analyzing}.
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{Publishing}}
|
||||
\li \b {\l{Publishing}}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC allows you to create installation packages for mobile
|
||||
devices that are suitable for publishing to application stores
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -40,54 +40,54 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Windows 7
|
||||
\li Windows 7
|
||||
|
||||
\o Windows XP Service Pack 2
|
||||
\li Windows XP Service Pack 2
|
||||
|
||||
\o Windows Vista
|
||||
\li Windows Vista
|
||||
|
||||
\o (K)Ubuntu Linux 10.04 (32-bit and 64-bit) or later, with the
|
||||
\li (K)Ubuntu Linux 10.04 (32-bit and 64-bit) or later, with the
|
||||
following:
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o g++
|
||||
\li g++
|
||||
|
||||
\o make
|
||||
\li make
|
||||
|
||||
\o libglib2.0-dev
|
||||
\li libglib2.0-dev
|
||||
|
||||
\o libSM-dev
|
||||
\li libSM-dev
|
||||
|
||||
\o libxrender-dev
|
||||
\li libxrender-dev
|
||||
|
||||
\o libfontconfig1-dev
|
||||
\li libfontconfig1-dev
|
||||
|
||||
\o libxext-dev
|
||||
\li libxext-dev
|
||||
|
||||
\o libfreetype6-dev
|
||||
\li libfreetype6-dev
|
||||
|
||||
\o libx11-dev
|
||||
\li libx11-dev
|
||||
|
||||
\o libxcursor-dev
|
||||
\li libxcursor-dev
|
||||
|
||||
\o libxfixes-dev
|
||||
\li libxfixes-dev
|
||||
|
||||
\o libxft-dev
|
||||
\li libxft-dev
|
||||
|
||||
\o libxi-dev
|
||||
\li libxi-dev
|
||||
|
||||
\o libxrandr-dev
|
||||
\li libxrandr-dev
|
||||
|
||||
\o If you are using QtOpenGL, libgl-dev and libglu-dev
|
||||
\li If you are using QtOpenGL, libgl-dev and libglu-dev
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o Mac OS 10.5 or later with the following:
|
||||
\li Mac OS 10.5 or later with the following:
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Xcode tools for your Mac OS X version available from your
|
||||
\li Xcode tools for your Mac OS X version available from your
|
||||
Mac OS X installation DVDs or at
|
||||
\l http://developer.apple.com.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -100,5 +100,5 @@
|
||||
To build \QC from the source, see the requirements and instructions in the
|
||||
readme file that is located in the source repository.
|
||||
|
||||
\input overview/creator-target-platforms.qdocinc
|
||||
\include overview/creator-target-platforms.qdocinc
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -4,19 +4,19 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Desktop
|
||||
\li Desktop
|
||||
|
||||
\o \QS
|
||||
\li \QS
|
||||
|
||||
\o Maemo 5
|
||||
\li Maemo 5
|
||||
|
||||
\o MeeGo Harmattan
|
||||
\li MeeGo Harmattan
|
||||
|
||||
\o Generic remote Linux
|
||||
\li Generic remote Linux
|
||||
|
||||
\o QNX
|
||||
\li QNX
|
||||
|
||||
\o Android
|
||||
\li Android
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -25,45 +25,45 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o {1,8} Operating system
|
||||
\o {8,1} Platform
|
||||
\li {1,8} Operating system
|
||||
\li {8,1} Platform
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o Desktop
|
||||
\o \QS
|
||||
\o Maemo 5
|
||||
\o MeeGo Harmattan
|
||||
\o Generic Remote Linux
|
||||
\o QNX
|
||||
\o Android
|
||||
\li Desktop
|
||||
\li \QS
|
||||
\li Maemo 5
|
||||
\li MeeGo Harmattan
|
||||
\li Generic Remote Linux
|
||||
\li QNX
|
||||
\li Android
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Windows
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\o Yes (see \l{Running on QNX Devices} for limitations)
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\li Windows
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\li Yes (see \l{Running on QNX Devices} for limitations)
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Linux
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\li Linux
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Mac OS X
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\o Yes
|
||||
\li Mac OS X
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\li Yes
|
||||
\endtable
|
||||
|
||||
\note Symbian support has been removed from \QC 2.6. To develop for Symbian,
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -36,37 +36,37 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\header
|
||||
\o What Do You Want to Do
|
||||
\o Where to Go
|
||||
\li What Do You Want to Do
|
||||
\li Where to Go
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Learn more about Qt
|
||||
\o \l{http://qt.digia.com/product/learning/}{Learning}
|
||||
\li Learn more about Qt
|
||||
\li \l{http://qt.digia.com/product/learning/}{Learning}
|
||||
from Digia
|
||||
|
||||
\l{http://qt-project.org/wiki/developer-guides}
|
||||
{Qt Developer Guides} from Qt Project
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Develop Qt applications for desktop and mobile devices
|
||||
\o \l{http://qt-project.org}{Qt Developer Network}
|
||||
\li Develop Qt applications for desktop and mobile devices
|
||||
\li \l{http://qt-project.org}{Qt Developer Network}
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Develop Qt applications for Nokia mobile devices
|
||||
\o \l{http://www.developer.nokia.com/Develop/Qt/}
|
||||
\li Develop Qt applications for Nokia mobile devices
|
||||
\li \l{http://www.developer.nokia.com/Develop/Qt/}
|
||||
{Nokia Developer - Qt}
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Participate in Qt development
|
||||
\o \l{http://qt-project.org/contribute}{Contribute to Qt}
|
||||
\li Participate in Qt development
|
||||
\li \l{http://qt-project.org/contribute}{Contribute to Qt}
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Find free Qt-based applications
|
||||
\o \l{http://qt-apps.org/}{Qt Apps}
|
||||
\li Find free Qt-based applications
|
||||
\li \l{http://qt-apps.org/}{Qt Apps}
|
||||
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o Develop with a commercial Qt license and support - Qt by Digia
|
||||
\o \l{http://qt.digia.com/Product/Licensing/}{Qt Licensing}
|
||||
\li Develop with a commercial Qt license and support - Qt by Digia
|
||||
\li \l{http://qt.digia.com/Product/Licensing/}{Qt Licensing}
|
||||
\endtable
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Debugging}
|
||||
\li \l{Debugging}
|
||||
|
||||
If you install \QC as part of \QSDK, the GNU Symbolic Debugger
|
||||
is installed automatically and you should be ready to start
|
||||
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
|
||||
example. You can connect mobile devices to your development PC
|
||||
and debug processes running on the devices.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Analyzing Code}
|
||||
\li \l{Analyzing Code}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC integrates Valgrind code analysis tools for detecting memory
|
||||
leaks and profiling function execution. You must download and
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -38,11 +38,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Creating a Qt Quick 1 Application}
|
||||
\li \l{Creating a Qt Quick 1 Application}
|
||||
|
||||
Learn how to use \QMLD to create a Qt Quick 1 application.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Creating a Qt Widget Based Application}
|
||||
\li \l{Creating a Qt Widget Based Application}
|
||||
|
||||
Learn how to create a Qt widget based application for the desktop.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -41,13 +41,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Know your users
|
||||
\li Know your users
|
||||
|
||||
Find out who will use the application, what they will use it for,
|
||||
and which mobile devices they have. Then design the application to
|
||||
fit a specific context of use.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Design for small screens
|
||||
\li Design for small screens
|
||||
|
||||
The screen size of mobile devices is significantly smaller than that
|
||||
available on desktop devices. Carefully consider what is the most
|
||||
@@ -55,21 +55,21 @@
|
||||
be reasonable to try and fit as much content into the screen as you
|
||||
might have in a desktop application.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Design for multiple screen sizes
|
||||
\li Design for multiple screen sizes
|
||||
|
||||
Relate the position and size of each control to the dimensions of
|
||||
the display. This enables the same set of information to be
|
||||
presented on the screen in all resolutions; higher resolution
|
||||
devices just display finer graphics.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Design for changing screen orientation
|
||||
\li Design for changing screen orientation
|
||||
|
||||
Some devices support screen rotation. On these devices, applications
|
||||
can be displayed in portrait or landscape orientation. Account for
|
||||
orientation and dynamically adjust the display when the screen is
|
||||
rotated.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Design intuitive ways of moving within applications
|
||||
\li Design intuitive ways of moving within applications
|
||||
|
||||
Mobile devices lack a mouse and full-size keyboard, so users must
|
||||
use the touch screen or five way navigation pad to move within
|
||||
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
|
||||
hand. To create an optimized user experience, allow users to access
|
||||
information with one click; do not make them scroll and type.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Design for limited input methods
|
||||
\li Design for limited input methods
|
||||
|
||||
Applications collect information from users on the task at hand. In
|
||||
addition to touch screen input, some devices contain physical keys
|
||||
@@ -85,27 +85,27 @@
|
||||
enter information by using screen controls, such as lists, check
|
||||
boxes, radio buttons, and text fields.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Keep response times short
|
||||
\li Keep response times short
|
||||
|
||||
Latency can cause delays in user interaction. If users perceive
|
||||
an application as being slow, they are likely to get frustrated and
|
||||
stop using it.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Save battery time
|
||||
\li Save battery time
|
||||
|
||||
Mobile devices are not constantly connected to a power source but
|
||||
run on battery power. Optimize power consumption to keep the total
|
||||
consumption at an acceptable level and to prevent users from running
|
||||
out of battery time.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Consider network issues
|
||||
\li Consider network issues
|
||||
|
||||
If users do not have a flat-rate data plan or WLAN support, mobile
|
||||
network connections cost them money. Also, when users move around
|
||||
with the devices, the networks available for connections constantly
|
||||
change.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Remember the processing limits of the device
|
||||
\li Remember the processing limits of the device
|
||||
|
||||
The memory available on devices is limited and you should use it
|
||||
carefully. Although all mobile devices have common functionality,
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -45,26 +45,26 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui{File > Open File or Project}.
|
||||
\o Select the Makefile.am file from your project. This is the only
|
||||
\li Select \gui{File > Open File or Project}.
|
||||
\li Select the Makefile.am file from your project. This is the only
|
||||
way you can use the autotools plugin.
|
||||
\o Select the build directory. Only in-source building is currently
|
||||
\li Select the build directory. Only in-source building is currently
|
||||
supported.
|
||||
\o Select \gui Finish.
|
||||
\li Select \gui Finish.
|
||||
\QC displays the project tree structure. The root node displays
|
||||
the project name. All project files are listed below it and you
|
||||
can open them from the list.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-autotools-buildrun.png
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Run to build and run the application. The predefined
|
||||
\li Select \gui Run to build and run the application. The predefined
|
||||
build steps (autogen.sh or autoreconf, configure, and make) are
|
||||
executed.
|
||||
|
||||
The first time you run the application you must choose the
|
||||
executable.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To check and edit autotools build steps, select
|
||||
\li To check and edit autotools build steps, select
|
||||
\gui{Projects > Build Settings}.
|
||||
|
||||
You can add parameters to the predefined autotools build steps.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -35,11 +35,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o On the \gui Welcome page, select \gui Examples (1).
|
||||
\li On the \gui Welcome page, select \gui Examples (1).
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-gs-build-example-open.png "Selecting an example"
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select an example in the list of examples. You can also search for
|
||||
\li Select an example in the list of examples. You can also search for
|
||||
examples (2).
|
||||
|
||||
\note The project opens in the \gui Edit mode, and the documentation
|
||||
@@ -47,17 +47,17 @@
|
||||
instructions, select \gui {Previous Page} on the toolbar or
|
||||
press \key {Alt+Left}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To check that the application code can be compiled and linked for a
|
||||
\li To check that the application code can be compiled and linked for a
|
||||
device, click the \gui {Kit Selector} and select a kit for the
|
||||
device.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-gs-build-example-kit-selector.png "Selecting a kit to build with"
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click
|
||||
\li Click
|
||||
\inlineimage qtcreator-run.png
|
||||
(\gui Run) to build and run the application.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To see the compilation progress, press \key{Alt+4} to open the
|
||||
\li To see the compilation progress, press \key{Alt+4} to open the
|
||||
\gui {Compile Output} pane.
|
||||
|
||||
The \gui Build progress bar on the toolbar turns green when the
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -39,13 +39,13 @@
|
||||
device type and other settings to use when building and running your project.
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Building for Multiple Platforms}
|
||||
\li \l{Building for Multiple Platforms}
|
||||
|
||||
\e {Build configurations} contain everything you need to compile
|
||||
the sources into binaries. Build configurations use the tools and settings
|
||||
defined in their corresponding \l{glossary-buildandrun-kit}{kit}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Running on Multiple Platforms}
|
||||
\li \l{Running on Multiple Platforms}
|
||||
|
||||
\e {Run configurations} start the application in the location
|
||||
where it was copied by the \e{deploy configuration}. By default,
|
||||
@@ -55,14 +55,14 @@
|
||||
if you have not made any changes to the project since you last
|
||||
built and deployed it, \QC simply runs it again.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Deploying to Mobile Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Deploying to Mobile Devices}
|
||||
|
||||
\e {Deploy configurations} handle the packaging and copying of
|
||||
the necessary files to a location you want to run the executable
|
||||
at. The files can be copied to a location in the file system of
|
||||
the development PC or a mobile device.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Connecting Mobile Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Connecting Mobile Devices}
|
||||
|
||||
When you install tool chains for device types as part of an SDK,
|
||||
the build and run settings for mobile device types might be set up
|
||||
@@ -76,13 +76,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Customizing the Build Process}
|
||||
\li \l{Customizing the Build Process}
|
||||
|
||||
By default, running an application also builds it and deploys it to
|
||||
a location from where it can be run on the device. You can change
|
||||
the relationship between the build, run, and deploy configurations.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{http://doc.qt.digia.com/qtsimulator/index.html}
|
||||
\li \l{http://doc.qt.digia.com/qtsimulator/index.html}
|
||||
{Using Qt Simulator}
|
||||
|
||||
You can use the \QS to test Qt applications that are
|
||||
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
|
||||
with \gui Desktop device type and the Qt Simulator Qt version for
|
||||
building and running your projects.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Using Maemo or MeeGo Harmattan Emulator}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Maemo or MeeGo Harmattan Emulator}
|
||||
|
||||
You cannot use \QS to test applications that use device
|
||||
specific libraries, such as native device APIs. To test such
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -48,11 +48,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select a \l{glossary-buildandrun-kit}{kit} for the project.
|
||||
\li Select a \l{glossary-buildandrun-kit}{kit} for the project.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-kit-selector.png "Kit selector"
|
||||
|
||||
\o Choose \gui {Build > Build Project} or press \key {Ctrl+B}.
|
||||
\li Choose \gui {Build > Build Project} or press \key {Ctrl+B}.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -66,9 +66,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui{File} > \gui{Open File or Project}.
|
||||
\li Select \gui{File} > \gui{Open File or Project}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select the \c{CMakeLists.txt} file from your \c CMake project.
|
||||
\li Select the \c{CMakeLists.txt} file from your \c CMake project.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
|
||||
\c nmake depending on your platform. The build errors and warnings are
|
||||
parsed and displayed in the \gui{Issues} output pane.
|
||||
|
||||
By default, \QC builds the \bold{all} target. You can specify which
|
||||
By default, \QC builds the \b{all} target. You can specify which
|
||||
targets to build in \gui{Project} mode, under \gui{Build Settings}.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-cmake-build-settings.png
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -43,18 +43,18 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o GNU Compiler Collection (GCC) is a compiler for Linux and
|
||||
\li GNU Compiler Collection (GCC) is a compiler for Linux and
|
||||
Mac OS X.
|
||||
|
||||
\o MinGW (Minimalist GNU for Windows) is a native software port of GCC
|
||||
\li MinGW (Minimalist GNU for Windows) is a native software port of GCC
|
||||
and GNU Binutils for use in the development of native Microsoft
|
||||
Windows applications on Windows. MinGW is
|
||||
distributed together with \QC and Qt SDK for Windows.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Linux ICC (Intel C++ Compiler) is a group of C and C++ compilers
|
||||
\li Linux ICC (Intel C++ Compiler) is a group of C and C++ compilers
|
||||
for Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Clang is a C, C++, Objective C, and Objective C++ front-end for the
|
||||
\li Clang is a C, C++, Objective C, and Objective C++ front-end for the
|
||||
LLVM compiler for Windows, Linux, and Mac OS X.
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -70,16 +70,16 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Tools > Options > Build & Run > Compilers > Add} and
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Tools > Options > Build & Run > Compilers > Add} and
|
||||
select a compiler in the list.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-toolchains.png
|
||||
|
||||
To clone the selected compiler, select \gui {Clone}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Name column, double-click the name to change it.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Name column, double-click the name to change it.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui{Compiler path} field, enter the path to the directory
|
||||
\li In the \gui{Compiler path} field, enter the path to the directory
|
||||
where the compiler is located.
|
||||
|
||||
The other settings to specify depend on the compiler.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -34,13 +34,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Group files together
|
||||
\li Group files together
|
||||
|
||||
\o Add custom build steps
|
||||
\li Add custom build steps
|
||||
|
||||
\o Include forms and resource files
|
||||
\li Include forms and resource files
|
||||
|
||||
\o Specify settings for running applications
|
||||
\li Specify settings for running applications
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -95,17 +95,17 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Applications
|
||||
\li Applications
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\if defined(qcmanual)
|
||||
\o Qt GUI Application
|
||||
\li Qt GUI Application
|
||||
|
||||
Use \QD forms to design a Qt widget based user interface for the
|
||||
desktop and C++ to implement the application logic
|
||||
|
||||
\o Mobile Qt Application
|
||||
\li Mobile Qt Application
|
||||
|
||||
Use \QD forms to design a Qt widget based user interface for
|
||||
mobile devices and C++ to implement the application logic.
|
||||
@@ -113,33 +113,33 @@
|
||||
Qt 4.6.x
|
||||
\endif
|
||||
|
||||
\o Qt Quick Application (Built-in Elements)
|
||||
\li Qt Quick Application (Built-in Elements)
|
||||
|
||||
Use built-in QML elements to design user interfaces based on
|
||||
Qt Quick 1 (Qt 4.7.1, or later) or Qt Quick 2 (Qt 5) with a
|
||||
custom look and feel and QML and C++ code to implement the
|
||||
application logic
|
||||
|
||||
\o Qt Quick 1 Application for MeeGo Harmattan
|
||||
\li Qt Quick 1 Application for MeeGo Harmattan
|
||||
|
||||
Use Qt Quick Components for MeeGo Harmattan to design a user
|
||||
interface with the platform look and feel
|
||||
|
||||
\o Qt Quick 1 Application (from Existing QML File)
|
||||
\li Qt Quick 1 Application (from Existing QML File)
|
||||
|
||||
Convert existing Qt Quick 1 applications to projects that you
|
||||
can run in \QC or deploy to mobile devices
|
||||
|
||||
\o Qt Console Application
|
||||
\li Qt Console Application
|
||||
|
||||
Use a single main.cpp file
|
||||
|
||||
\o HTML5 Application
|
||||
\li HTML5 Application
|
||||
|
||||
Use a QtWebKit view to design the user interface and HTML5 and
|
||||
C++ code to implement the application logic
|
||||
|
||||
\o Qt Quick UI
|
||||
\li Qt Quick UI
|
||||
|
||||
Use a single QML file that contains the main view. You can
|
||||
review Qt Quick UI projects in a \l{Previewing QML Files}
|
||||
@@ -150,82 +150,82 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o Libraries
|
||||
\li Libraries
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o C++ Library
|
||||
\li C++ Library
|
||||
|
||||
Shared or static C++ library based on qmake
|
||||
|
||||
\o Qt Quick 1 Extension Plugin
|
||||
\li Qt Quick 1 Extension Plugin
|
||||
|
||||
C++ plugin that makes it possible to offer extensions that can
|
||||
be loaded dynamically into Qt Quick 1 applications by using the
|
||||
QDeclarativeEngine class
|
||||
|
||||
\o Qt Quick 2 Extension Plugin
|
||||
\li Qt Quick 2 Extension Plugin
|
||||
|
||||
C++ plugin that makes it possible to offer extensions that can
|
||||
be loaded dynamically into Qt Quick 2 applications by using the
|
||||
QQmlEngine class
|
||||
|
||||
\o \QC Plugin
|
||||
\li \QC Plugin
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o Other Projects
|
||||
\li Other Projects
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Qt Unit Test
|
||||
\li Qt Unit Test
|
||||
|
||||
Qt unit tests for features or classes
|
||||
|
||||
\o Qt Custom Designer Widgets
|
||||
\li Qt Custom Designer Widgets
|
||||
|
||||
Custom \QD widget or widget collection
|
||||
|
||||
\o Empty Qt Project
|
||||
\li Empty Qt Project
|
||||
|
||||
Empty Qt project that is based on qmake but does not use any
|
||||
default classes
|
||||
|
||||
\o Subdirs Project
|
||||
\li Subdirs Project
|
||||
|
||||
Subprojects that enable you to structure your qmake projects as
|
||||
a tree hierarchy
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o Non-Qt Projects
|
||||
\li Non-Qt Projects
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Plain C or C++ Project
|
||||
\li Plain C or C++ Project
|
||||
|
||||
Plain C or C++ project that uses qmake but does not use the Qt
|
||||
library
|
||||
|
||||
\o Plain C or C++ Project (CMake Build)
|
||||
\li Plain C or C++ Project (CMake Build)
|
||||
|
||||
Plain C or C++ project that uses CMake but does not use the Qt
|
||||
library
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o Import Project
|
||||
\li Import Project
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Project from version control
|
||||
\li Project from version control
|
||||
|
||||
Import a project from a supported version control system. For more
|
||||
information on how version control systems are integrated in
|
||||
\QC, see \l{Using Version Control Systems}
|
||||
|
||||
\o Import Existing Project
|
||||
\li Import Existing Project
|
||||
|
||||
Import an existing project that does not use any of the supported
|
||||
build systems: qmake, CMake, or Autotools. This enables you to use
|
||||
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o C++
|
||||
\li C++
|
||||
|
||||
C++ class, source, or header files that you can use to write the
|
||||
application logic in both Qt Quick projects and
|
||||
@@ -268,41 +268,41 @@
|
||||
Qt widget based projects
|
||||
\endif
|
||||
|
||||
\o Qt
|
||||
\li Qt
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\if defined(qcmanual)
|
||||
\o \QD forms and \QD form classes, which specify parts of user
|
||||
\li \QD forms and \QD form classes, which specify parts of user
|
||||
interfaces in Qt widget based projects
|
||||
\endif
|
||||
|
||||
\o Qt resource files, which allow you to store binary files in the
|
||||
\li Qt resource files, which allow you to store binary files in the
|
||||
application executable
|
||||
|
||||
\o QML files, which specify elements in Qt Quick projects.
|
||||
\li QML files, which specify elements in Qt Quick projects.
|
||||
\gui {Qt Quick 1} creates a QML file that imports Qt Quick 1.1 and
|
||||
\gui {Qt Quick 2} creates a QML file that imports Qt Quick 2.0.
|
||||
Select \gui {Qt Quick 1} to add files to a Qt Quick 1 application
|
||||
and \gui {Qt Quick 2} to add files to a Qt Quick 2 application.
|
||||
|
||||
\o JavaScript files that you can use to write the application logic in
|
||||
\li JavaScript files that you can use to write the application logic in
|
||||
Qt Quick projects
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o GLSL
|
||||
\li GLSL
|
||||
|
||||
GLSL files that define fragment and vertex shaders in both Qt Quick
|
||||
projects and Qt widget based projects
|
||||
|
||||
\o General
|
||||
\li General
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Text files
|
||||
\li Text files
|
||||
|
||||
\o Scratch buffers that use temporary files. You can create this
|
||||
\li Scratch buffers that use temporary files. You can create this
|
||||
type of files for temporarily storing information that you do
|
||||
not intend to save
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -403,11 +403,11 @@
|
||||
\section1 Related Topics
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Opening Projects}
|
||||
\o \l{Adding Libraries to Projects}
|
||||
\o \l{Adding New Custom Wizards}
|
||||
\o \l{Setting Up a CMake Project}
|
||||
\o \l{Setting Up a Generic Project}
|
||||
\li \l{Opening Projects}
|
||||
\li \l{Adding Libraries to Projects}
|
||||
\li \l{Adding New Custom Wizards}
|
||||
\li \l{Setting Up a CMake Project}
|
||||
\li \l{Setting Up a Generic Project}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -64,13 +64,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Template-based, where source files that contain placeholders for
|
||||
\li Template-based, where source files that contain placeholders for
|
||||
the field names are provided. During processing, the placeholders
|
||||
are replaced by the values from the wizard page. Optionally,
|
||||
modifier characters are applied. For more information, see
|
||||
\l{Processing Template Files}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Generator script, where a script is called to create the files.
|
||||
\li Generator script, where a script is called to create the files.
|
||||
|
||||
\note This option mainly exists to accommodate existing generator
|
||||
scripts or cases where complicated algorithmic logic is required
|
||||
@@ -84,12 +84,12 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c{share/qtcreator/templates/wizards}
|
||||
\li \c{share/qtcreator/templates/wizards}
|
||||
|
||||
\o the local user's configuration folder,
|
||||
\li the local user's configuration folder,
|
||||
\c{$HOME/.config/QtProject/qtcreator/templates/wizards}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c{%APPDATA%\QtProject\qtcreator\templates\wizards}
|
||||
\li \c{%APPDATA%\QtProject\qtcreator\templates\wizards}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -102,12 +102,12 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Make a copy of the \c {share/qtcreator/templates/wizards/helloworld}
|
||||
\li Make a copy of the \c {share/qtcreator/templates/wizards/helloworld}
|
||||
or \c {share/qtcreator/templates/wizards/listmodel} folder.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Modify the wizard_example.xml file.
|
||||
\li Modify the wizard_example.xml file.
|
||||
|
||||
\o The following code determines the type of the wizard and its place
|
||||
\li The following code determines the type of the wizard and its place
|
||||
in the \gui New dialog:
|
||||
|
||||
\code
|
||||
@@ -120,32 +120,32 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c version is the version of the file contents. Do not modify
|
||||
\li \c version is the version of the file contents. Do not modify
|
||||
this value.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c kind specifies the type of the wizard: \c project or
|
||||
\li \c kind specifies the type of the wizard: \c project or
|
||||
\c class.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c class specifies the type of the project. This attribute is
|
||||
\li \c class specifies the type of the project. This attribute is
|
||||
optional. Use the value \c qt4project to add Qt 4 specific pages.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c firstpage specifies the place of the new page in the standard
|
||||
\li \c firstpage specifies the place of the new page in the standard
|
||||
project wizard. The value 10 ensures that the custom page
|
||||
appears after the standard pages, as the last page of the
|
||||
wizard.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c id is the unique identifier for your wizard. The letter
|
||||
\li \c id is the unique identifier for your wizard. The letter
|
||||
specifies the position of the wizard within the \c category. The
|
||||
HelloWorld wizard appears as the first wizard in the second
|
||||
category in the \gui New dialog.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c category is the category in which to place the wizard in the
|
||||
\li \c category is the category in which to place the wizard in the
|
||||
list. The letter specifies the position of the category in the
|
||||
list in the \gui New dialog.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o The following code specifies the icon and text that appear in the
|
||||
\li The following code specifies the icon and text that appear in the
|
||||
\gui New dialog:
|
||||
|
||||
\code
|
||||
@@ -162,13 +162,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c displayCategory appears in the \gui New dialog, under
|
||||
\li \c displayCategory appears in the \gui New dialog, under
|
||||
\gui Projects.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c icon appears next to the \c displayName in the middle panel
|
||||
\li \c icon appears next to the \c displayName in the middle panel
|
||||
when \c displayCategory is selected.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c description appears in the right-most panel when
|
||||
\li \c description appears in the right-most panel when
|
||||
\c displayCategory is selected.
|
||||
|
||||
You can add translations as values for the text elements. Specify the target
|
||||
@@ -177,11 +177,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o Files to be added to the project:
|
||||
\li Files to be added to the project:
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Template-based: The following code specifies the files to add to
|
||||
\li Template-based: The following code specifies the files to add to
|
||||
the project:
|
||||
\code
|
||||
<files>
|
||||
@@ -192,29 +192,29 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c source specifies the file to copy to the project. The
|
||||
\li \c source specifies the file to copy to the project. The
|
||||
files must be located in the wizard folder.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c openeditor indicates that the file is to be opened in an
|
||||
\li \c openeditor indicates that the file is to be opened in an
|
||||
editor after the wizard has finished.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c binary indicates that the file is a binary file (for
|
||||
\li \c binary indicates that the file is a binary file (for
|
||||
example, an image file). It is to be copied to the target
|
||||
folder as is. Placeholders are not replaced with values.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c target specifies the new filename for the file. The
|
||||
\li \c target specifies the new filename for the file. The
|
||||
\c {%ProjectName%} variable is replaced with the string that
|
||||
users specify in the \gui Name field on the first page of
|
||||
the wizard.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c openproject indicates that the file is a project file
|
||||
\li \c openproject indicates that the file is a project file
|
||||
which is to be opened after the wizard has finished.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
See also \l{Processing Template Files}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Generator-script: The following code specifies that the script
|
||||
\li Generator-script: The following code specifies that the script
|
||||
\c generate.pl is to be used to create the files:
|
||||
|
||||
\code
|
||||
@@ -233,12 +233,12 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c omit-empty specifies that complete argument is to be
|
||||
\li \c omit-empty specifies that complete argument is to be
|
||||
omitted when all placeholders expand to empty values. In
|
||||
the above example, the option \c --source-suffix will
|
||||
not be passed to the script if the value is empty.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c write-file indicates that instead of the expanded
|
||||
\li \c write-file indicates that instead of the expanded
|
||||
value, the value will be written to a temporary file and
|
||||
its file name will be passed to the script instead. This
|
||||
is useful for multi-line text fields.
|
||||
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o The following code creates a page that specifies settings for the project:
|
||||
\li The following code creates a page that specifies settings for the project:
|
||||
|
||||
\code
|
||||
<!-- Create a 2nd wizard page with parameters -->
|
||||
@@ -266,24 +266,24 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c fieldpagetitle specifies the title of the page.
|
||||
\li \c fieldpagetitle specifies the title of the page.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c field specifies whether the field is mandatory (\c true or
|
||||
\li \c field specifies whether the field is mandatory (\c true or
|
||||
\c false). You can use the value of the \c name field as a
|
||||
variable in other files (for example, \c {%MESSAGE%}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c fieldcontrol specifies the field. \c class specifies the
|
||||
\li \c fieldcontrol specifies the field. \c class specifies the
|
||||
field type. You can use interface objects from the QWidget class
|
||||
to create fields. This example uses QLineEdit to create an input
|
||||
field.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c validator specifies a regular expression to check the
|
||||
\li \c validator specifies a regular expression to check the
|
||||
characters allowed in the field.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c defaulttext specifies text that appears in the field by
|
||||
\li \c defaulttext specifies text that appears in the field by
|
||||
default.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c fielddescription specifies the field name that appears on the
|
||||
\li \c fielddescription specifies the field name that appears on the
|
||||
wizard page.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o The following code specifies settings for the wizard:
|
||||
\li The following code specifies settings for the wizard:
|
||||
|
||||
\code
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@
|
||||
For more information about the elements and their values, see
|
||||
\l {Creating Project Wizards}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o The following code specifies the files to add to the project:
|
||||
\li The following code specifies the files to add to the project:
|
||||
|
||||
\code
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -335,11 +335,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c {%ClassName:l%} is replaced with the value of the
|
||||
\li \c {%ClassName:l%} is replaced with the value of the
|
||||
\c ClassName field. The modifier \c l converts the string to
|
||||
lower case, to observe Qt conventions.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c {%CppSourceSuffix%} and \c {%CppHeaderSuffix%} are
|
||||
\li \c {%CppSourceSuffix%} and \c {%CppHeaderSuffix%} are
|
||||
pre-defined. For more information, see
|
||||
\l{Pre-defined Standard Variables}.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -388,11 +388,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c{l} for lower case.
|
||||
\li \c{l} for lower case.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c{u} for upper case.
|
||||
\li \c{u} for upper case.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c{c} for upper case initial letter ("project" > "Project").
|
||||
\li \c{c} for upper case initial letter ("project" > "Project").
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -419,30 +419,30 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c {%ProjectName%} is replaced by the name of the project in the
|
||||
\li \c {%ProjectName%} is replaced by the name of the project in the
|
||||
case of project wizards.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c {%Path%} is replaced by the path to the target directory. For
|
||||
\li \c {%Path%} is replaced by the path to the target directory. For
|
||||
classes, this is the directory, where the files are created. For
|
||||
project wizards, an additional subdirectory named after the project
|
||||
is created.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c {%TargetPath%} is replaced by the path to the directory where the
|
||||
\li \c {%TargetPath%} is replaced by the path to the directory where the
|
||||
actual files are created. For non-project wizards, it is identical
|
||||
to \c %Path%. For project wizards, it is \c %Path%/%ProjectName%.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c {%CppSourceSuffix%} is replaced by the default source suffix,
|
||||
\li \c {%CppSourceSuffix%} is replaced by the default source suffix,
|
||||
which is defined in \QC in \gui {Tools > Options > C++ >
|
||||
File Naming}. For example, if users enter \bold MyClass, the
|
||||
File Naming}. For example, if users enter \b MyClass, the
|
||||
filename becomes myclass.cpp when the project is created.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c {%CppHeaderSuffix%} is replaced by the default header suffix,
|
||||
\li \c {%CppHeaderSuffix%} is replaced by the default header suffix,
|
||||
which is also defined in \gui {File Naming}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c {%CurrentDate%} is replaced by the current date in the format
|
||||
\li \c {%CurrentDate%} is replaced by the current date in the format
|
||||
\c {yyyy-MM-dd}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c {%CurrentTime%} is replaced by the current time in the short
|
||||
\li \c {%CurrentTime%} is replaced by the current time in the short
|
||||
format of the locale.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Determine file names and attributes: The script is called with the
|
||||
\li Determine file names and attributes: The script is called with the
|
||||
command line \c{--dry-run} option and the field values. It then prints
|
||||
the relative path names of the files it intends to create, followed by
|
||||
comma-separated attributes matching those of the \c{<file>} element, for
|
||||
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
|
||||
myproject.pro,openproject
|
||||
\endcode
|
||||
|
||||
\o Create files: The script is called with the parameters only in the
|
||||
\li Create files: The script is called with the parameters only in the
|
||||
working directory. It then actually creates the files. If directories
|
||||
are needed, the script should create them, too.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -45,10 +45,10 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui File > \gui{New File or Project} > \gui{Other Project}
|
||||
\li Select \gui File > \gui{New File or Project} > \gui{Other Project}
|
||||
> \gui{Import Existing Project}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In \gui{Import Existing Project}, enter the project name
|
||||
\li In \gui{Import Existing Project}, enter the project name
|
||||
and select the location of the project file you want to import.
|
||||
|
||||
\QC automatically generates the following files in the
|
||||
@@ -56,13 +56,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Specifying Files}{.files}
|
||||
\li \l{Specifying Files}{.files}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Specifying Include Paths}{.includes}
|
||||
\li \l{Specifying Include Paths}{.includes}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Specifying Defines}{.config}
|
||||
\li \l{Specifying Defines}{.config}
|
||||
|
||||
\o .creator
|
||||
\li .creator
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -128,9 +128,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui Add and select \gui{Custom Executable}.
|
||||
\li Click \gui Add and select \gui{Custom Executable}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Define the configuration name, the location of the executable, any
|
||||
\li Define the configuration name, the location of the executable, any
|
||||
additional arguments and the working directory.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -81,11 +81,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Projects pane, right-click the project name to open the
|
||||
\li In the \gui Projects pane, right-click the project name to open the
|
||||
context menu and select
|
||||
\gui {Add Library}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Follow the instructions of the wizard.
|
||||
\li Follow the instructions of the wizard.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -100,29 +100,29 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Choose \gui {File > New File or Project > Libraries >
|
||||
\li Choose \gui {File > New File or Project > Libraries >
|
||||
C++ Library} to create the library.
|
||||
|
||||
The \gui {Introduction and Product Location} dialog opens.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-add-library-wizard-ex-1.png "Introduction and Product Location dialog"
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Type field, select \gui {Statically Linked Library}.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Type field, select \gui {Statically Linked Library}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Name field, give a name for the library. For example,
|
||||
\bold mylib.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Name field, give a name for the library. For example,
|
||||
\b mylib.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Follow the instructions of the wizard until you get to the
|
||||
\li Follow the instructions of the wizard until you get to the
|
||||
\gui {Project Management} dialog. In the \gui {Add to project}
|
||||
list, select a project. For example, \bold myapp.
|
||||
list, select a project. For example, \b myapp.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Projects pane, right-click the project name to open the
|
||||
\li In the \gui Projects pane, right-click the project name to open the
|
||||
context menu and select
|
||||
\gui {Add Library > Internal Library > Next}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Library field, select \bold mylib and click \gui Next.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Library field, select \b mylib and click \gui Next.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui Finish to add the following library declaration to the
|
||||
\li Click \gui Finish to add the following library declaration to the
|
||||
project file:
|
||||
|
||||
\code
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -68,10 +68,10 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui File > \gui{Open File or Project} and select the project
|
||||
\li Select \gui File > \gui{Open File or Project} and select the project
|
||||
to open.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Configure Project} tab, select kits for building and running your
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Configure Project} tab, select kits for building and running your
|
||||
project, and click \gui {Configure Project}.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -35,17 +35,17 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Setting Up a CMake Project}
|
||||
\li \l{Setting Up a CMake Project}
|
||||
|
||||
CMake is an alternative to qmake for automating the generation of
|
||||
build configurations.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Setting Up an Autotools Project}
|
||||
\li \l{Setting Up an Autotools Project}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC can open projects that use the Autotools build system. You can
|
||||
build and run the projects directly from \QC.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Setting Up a Generic Project}
|
||||
\li \l{Setting Up a Generic Project}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC supports generic projects, so you can import existing projects
|
||||
that do not use qmake or CMake. This enables you to use \QC as a
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -38,14 +38,14 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Creating Projects}
|
||||
\li \l{Creating Projects}
|
||||
|
||||
To set up a project, you first have to decide what kind of an
|
||||
application you want to develop: do you want a user interface based
|
||||
on Qt Quick or HTML5 or Qt widgets. Second, you have to choose the
|
||||
language to implement the application logic: C++ or JavaScript.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Using Version Control Systems}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Version Control Systems}
|
||||
|
||||
The recommended way to set up a project is to use a version control
|
||||
system. Store and edit only project source files and build system
|
||||
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
|
||||
Do not store files generated by the build system or \QC, such as
|
||||
makefiles, .pro.user, and object files.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Configuring Projects}
|
||||
\li \l{Configuring Projects}
|
||||
|
||||
\QC allows you to specify separate build settings for each
|
||||
development platform. By default, \l{glossary-shadow-build}
|
||||
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
|
||||
{scopes} to select the file to process depending on which platform
|
||||
qmake is run on.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Managing Sessions}
|
||||
\li \l{Managing Sessions}
|
||||
|
||||
Items such as open files, breakpoints, and evaluated expressions
|
||||
are stored in sessions. They are not considered to be part of
|
||||
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
|
||||
\section1 Related Topics
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Using Other Build Systems}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Other Build Systems}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -51,20 +51,20 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Tools > Options > Build & Run > Qt Versions > Add}.
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Tools > Options > Build & Run > Qt Versions > Add}.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-qt4-qtversions-add.png
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui{Version name} field, edit the name that \QC
|
||||
\li In the \gui{Version name} field, edit the name that \QC
|
||||
suggests for the Qt version.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui{qmake location} field, enter the path to the
|
||||
\li In the \gui{qmake location} field, enter the path to the
|
||||
directory where the qmake executable is located.
|
||||
|
||||
\QC automatically determines the path to the binaries in
|
||||
the Qt installation and displays it in the dialog.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Helpers section, you can build the debugging
|
||||
\li In the \gui Helpers section, you can build the debugging
|
||||
helpers that are available for the Qt version. This is
|
||||
necessary, because the internal data structures of Qt can
|
||||
change between versions. For more information, see
|
||||
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\if defined(qcmanual)
|
||||
\input qnx/creator-projects-qt-version-qnx.qdocinc
|
||||
\include qnx/creator-projects-qt-version-qnx.qdocinc
|
||||
\endif
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,10 +2,10 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Desktop as the build and run \l{glossary-buildandrun-kit}{kit}.
|
||||
\li Select \gui Desktop as the build and run \l{glossary-buildandrun-kit}{kit}.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-kit-selector.png "Kit selector"
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click the \gui Run button.
|
||||
\li Click the \gui Run button.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -7,9 +7,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {\QS} as the build and run \l{glossary-buildandrun-kit}{kit}.
|
||||
\li Select \gui {\QS} as the build and run \l{glossary-buildandrun-kit}{kit}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click the \gui Run button.
|
||||
\li Click the \gui Run button.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -42,15 +42,15 @@
|
||||
\l{Specifying Run Settings}.
|
||||
|
||||
\if defined(qcmanual)
|
||||
\input projects/creator-projects-running-desktop.qdocinc
|
||||
\include projects/creator-projects-running-desktop.qdocinc
|
||||
\endif
|
||||
|
||||
\input projects/creator-projects-running-simulator.qdocinc
|
||||
\include projects/creator-projects-running-simulator.qdocinc
|
||||
|
||||
\if defined(qcmanual)
|
||||
\input linux-mobile/creator-projects-running-generic-linux.qdocinc
|
||||
\input linux-mobile/creator-projects-running-madde.qdocinc
|
||||
\input qnx/creator-projects-running-qnx.qdocinc
|
||||
\include linux-mobile/creator-projects-running-generic-linux.qdocinc
|
||||
\include linux-mobile/creator-projects-running-madde.qdocinc
|
||||
\include qnx/creator-projects-running-qnx.qdocinc
|
||||
\endif
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
|
||||
\title Specifying Build Settings
|
||||
|
||||
Different build configurations allow you to quickly switch between
|
||||
different build settings. By default, \QC creates \bold debug
|
||||
and \bold release build configurations. A debug build contains additional
|
||||
different build settings. By default, \QC creates \b debug
|
||||
and \b release build configurations. A debug build contains additional
|
||||
debug symbols that you need for debugging the application but that you
|
||||
can leave out from the release version. Generally, you use the debug
|
||||
configuration for testing and the release configuration for creating
|
||||
@@ -64,9 +64,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Maemo5
|
||||
\li Maemo5
|
||||
|
||||
\o MeeGo Harmattan
|
||||
\li MeeGo Harmattan
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -109,9 +109,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o %{buildDir}
|
||||
\li %{buildDir}
|
||||
|
||||
\o %{sourceDir}
|
||||
\li %{sourceDir}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -150,15 +150,15 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o To add a clean step using make or a custom process, click
|
||||
\li To add a clean step using make or a custom process, click
|
||||
\gui{Add Clean Step} and select the type of step you want to add.
|
||||
|
||||
By default, custom steps are enabled. To disable a custom step,
|
||||
select the \gui Disable button.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To remove a clean step, click \gui{Remove Item}.
|
||||
\li To remove a clean step, click \gui{Remove Item}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o To change the order of steps, click
|
||||
\li To change the order of steps, click
|
||||
\inlineimage qtcreator-movestep.png
|
||||
(\gui {Move Up} and \gui {Move Down}).
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
|
||||
\section1 Build Environment
|
||||
|
||||
You can specify the environment you want to use for building in the
|
||||
\bold{Build Environment} section. By default, the environment in which \QC
|
||||
\b{Build Environment} section. By default, the environment in which \QC
|
||||
was started is used and modified to include the Qt version.
|
||||
Depending on the selected Qt version, \QC automatically sets the
|
||||
necessary environment variables. You can edit existing environment
|
||||
@@ -192,9 +192,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Adding Kits}
|
||||
\o \l{Adding Qt Versions}
|
||||
\o \l{Adding Compilers}
|
||||
\li \l{Adding Kits}
|
||||
\li \l{Adding Qt Versions}
|
||||
\li \l{Adding Compilers}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -51,16 +51,16 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Projects > Code Style Settings}.
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Projects > Code Style Settings}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Language field, select \gui C++ or \gui {Qt Quick}.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Language field, select \gui C++ or \gui {Qt Quick}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Current settings} field, select the settings to modify
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Current settings} field, select the settings to modify
|
||||
and click \gui Copy.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Give a name to the settings and click \gui OK.
|
||||
\li Give a name to the settings and click \gui OK.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui Edit to specify code style settings for the project.
|
||||
\li Click \gui Edit to specify code style settings for the project.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-code-style-settings-edit-cpp.png "Edit Code Style Settings dialog"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -44,11 +44,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o In \gui Projects, select a project.
|
||||
\li In \gui Projects, select a project.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui Dependencies.
|
||||
\li Click \gui Dependencies.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select projects that must be built before the current project is
|
||||
\li Select projects that must be built before the current project is
|
||||
built.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -43,11 +43,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Projects > Editor Settings}.
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Projects > Editor Settings}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Editor Settings} field, select \gui {Custom}.
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Editor Settings} field, select \gui {Custom}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Specify text editor settings for the project.
|
||||
\li Specify text editor settings for the project.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -59,13 +59,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Indenting Code}
|
||||
\li \l{Indenting Code}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{File Encoding}
|
||||
\li \l{File Encoding}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Moving to Symbol Definition or Declaration}
|
||||
\li \l{Moving to Symbol Definition or Declaration}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Configuring Fonts}
|
||||
\li \l{Configuring Fonts}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -56,13 +56,13 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Adding Kits}{Build & Run}
|
||||
\li \l{Adding Kits}{Build & Run}
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Specifying Build Settings}{Build Settings}
|
||||
\li \l{Specifying Build Settings}{Build Settings}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Specifying Run Settings}{Run Settings}
|
||||
\li \l{Specifying Run Settings}{Run Settings}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -70,11 +70,11 @@
|
||||
\gui {Build & Run} tab is replaced by the \l{Opening Projects}
|
||||
{Configure Projects} tab.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Specifying Editor Settings}{Editor Settings}
|
||||
\li \l{Specifying Editor Settings}{Editor Settings}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Specifying Code Style Settings}{Code Style Settings}
|
||||
\li \l{Specifying Code Style Settings}{Code Style Settings}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Specifying Dependencies}{Dependencies}
|
||||
\li \l{Specifying Dependencies}{Dependencies}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -11,9 +11,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Analyzer Settings} section, select \gui Custom.
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Analyzer Settings} section, select \gui Custom.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Specify analyzer settings for the project.
|
||||
\li Specify analyzer settings for the project.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-analyzer-settings.png "Analyzer Settings"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -23,9 +23,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Selecting Options for Memory Analysis}
|
||||
\li \l{Selecting Options for Memory Analysis}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Selecting Profiling Options}
|
||||
\li \l{Selecting Profiling Options}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -46,12 +46,12 @@
|
||||
see \l{Starting External Processes}.
|
||||
|
||||
\if defined(qcmanual)
|
||||
\input projects/creator-projects-settings-run-desktop.qdocinc
|
||||
\input projects/creator-projects-settings-run-analyze.qdocinc
|
||||
\input projects/creator-projects-settings-run-debug.qdocinc
|
||||
\input linux-mobile/creator-projects-settings-run-linux.qdocinc
|
||||
\input qnx/creator-projects-settings-run-qnx.qdocinc
|
||||
\input android/creator-projects-settings-run-android.qdocinc
|
||||
\include projects/creator-projects-settings-run-desktop.qdocinc
|
||||
\include projects/creator-projects-settings-run-analyze.qdocinc
|
||||
\include projects/creator-projects-settings-run-debug.qdocinc
|
||||
\include linux-mobile/creator-projects-settings-run-linux.qdocinc
|
||||
\include qnx/creator-projects-settings-run-qnx.qdocinc
|
||||
\include android/creator-projects-settings-run-android.qdocinc
|
||||
\endif
|
||||
|
||||
\section1 Specifying a Custom Executable to Run
|
||||
@@ -66,5 +66,5 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\image qmldesigner-run-custom-exe.png "Run settings for custom executables"
|
||||
|
||||
\input qtquick/creator-projects-settings-run-qtquick.qdocinc
|
||||
\include qtquick/creator-projects-settings-run-qtquick.qdocinc
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -42,15 +42,15 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Android Device
|
||||
\li Android Device
|
||||
|
||||
\o Generic Linux Device
|
||||
\li Generic Linux Device
|
||||
|
||||
\o Maemo5/Fremantle Device
|
||||
\li Maemo5/Fremantle Device
|
||||
|
||||
\o MeeGo 1.2 Harmattan Device
|
||||
\li MeeGo 1.2 Harmattan Device
|
||||
|
||||
\o QNX Device
|
||||
\li QNX Device
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -58,16 +58,16 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui {Build & Run} > \gui Kits
|
||||
\li Select \gui Tools > \gui Options > \gui {Build & Run} > \gui Kits
|
||||
> \gui Add.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-targets.png
|
||||
|
||||
To clone the selected kit, select \gui Clone.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Name column, double-click the kit name to change it.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Name column, double-click the kit name to change it.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui{Device type} field, select the type of the device.
|
||||
\li In the \gui{Device type} field, select the type of the device.
|
||||
|
||||
Double-click the icon next to the field to select the image that is
|
||||
displayed in the kit selector for this kit. You can use any
|
||||
@@ -76,32 +76,32 @@
|
||||
logo as an icon allows you to easily see, which compiler is used to
|
||||
build the project for the selected kit.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Device field, select a device.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Device field, select a device.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Sysroot field, specify the directory where the device
|
||||
\li In the \gui Sysroot field, specify the directory where the device
|
||||
image is located. If you are not cross-compiling, leave this field
|
||||
empty.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Compiler} field, select the compiler required
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Compiler} field, select the compiler required
|
||||
to build the project. You can add compilers to the list
|
||||
if they are installed on the development PC, but were not detected
|
||||
automatically. For more information, see \l{Adding Compilers}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Debugger field, select \gui Manage to automatically
|
||||
\li In the \gui Debugger field, select \gui Manage to automatically
|
||||
detect a suitable debugger or to edit the currently selected
|
||||
debugger. For more information, see \l{Selecting the Debugger}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Qt version} field, select the Qt version to use for
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Qt version} field, select the Qt version to use for
|
||||
building the project. You can add Qt versions to the list if they
|
||||
are installed on the development PC, but were not detected
|
||||
automatically. For more information, see \l{Adding Qt Versions}.
|
||||
|
||||
\QC checks the directories listed in the \c{PATH} environment
|
||||
variable for the qmake executable. If a qmake executable is found,
|
||||
it is referred to as \bold{Qt in PATH} and selected as the Qt
|
||||
it is referred to as \b{Qt in PATH} and selected as the Qt
|
||||
version to use for the \gui Desktop kit that is created by default.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Qt mkspec} field, specify build instructions for qmake.
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Qt mkspec} field, specify build instructions for qmake.
|
||||
If you leave this field empty, the default value is used.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -127,10 +127,10 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o For debugging on embedded devices using a different ABI, you must
|
||||
\li For debugging on embedded devices using a different ABI, you must
|
||||
provide a special executable.
|
||||
|
||||
\o For debugging on Windows using MinGW, select a Windows executable of
|
||||
\li For debugging on Windows using MinGW, select a Windows executable of
|
||||
GDB with Python scripting enabled. You can download it from
|
||||
\l{http://builds.qt-project.org/job/gdb-windows}.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -86,24 +86,24 @@
|
||||
\image qtcreator-qnx-device-configurations-wizard-1.png "Connection details"
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o In the \gui{The name to identify this configuration} field, enter a
|
||||
\li In the \gui{The name to identify this configuration} field, enter a
|
||||
name for the device.
|
||||
\o In the \gui{The device's host name or IP address} field, enter the
|
||||
\li In the \gui{The device's host name or IP address} field, enter the
|
||||
host name or IP address of the device.
|
||||
\o In the \gui{Device password} field, enter the password for the device.
|
||||
\o In the \gui{Device type} field, select whether it is a \gui{Physical
|
||||
\li In the \gui{Device password} field, enter the password for the device.
|
||||
\li In the \gui{Device type} field, select whether it is a \gui{Physical
|
||||
device} or a \gui{Simulator} you are connecting to.
|
||||
\o In the \gui{Debug token} field, enter the path to the debug token
|
||||
\li In the \gui{Debug token} field, enter the path to the debug token
|
||||
that is also installed on the device. This is only necessary if you are
|
||||
connecting to a \gui{Physical device}.
|
||||
\o Click \gui{Next} to continue.
|
||||
\li Click \gui{Next} to continue.
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\image qtcreator-qnx-device-configurations-wizard-2.png "SSH Key Setup"
|
||||
|
||||
For the \gui{SSH Key Setup}, you can either select an existing \bold{4096}-bit
|
||||
For the \gui{SSH Key Setup}, you can either select an existing \b{4096}-bit
|
||||
key, or click \gui{Generate} to create a new key. The generated key will be
|
||||
stored next to the \QC settings, in a \bold{qnx} sub-directory.
|
||||
stored next to the \QC settings, in a \b{qnx} sub-directory.
|
||||
|
||||
Click \gui{Next} and then \gui{Finish} to complete setting up the device
|
||||
connection.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -13,9 +13,9 @@
|
||||
add this manually to Qt Creator using the above dialog:
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Tools > Options > Build & Run > Qt Versions > Add}.
|
||||
\o Navigate to and select the qmake application that is part of your Qt for QNX build and select
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Tools > Options > Build & Run > Qt Versions > Add}.
|
||||
\li Navigate to and select the qmake application that is part of your Qt for QNX build and select
|
||||
\gui {Open}.
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Blackberry Native SDK} or \gui{QNX SDK} field enter the path to your installed Blackberry NDK or QNX SDK respectively.
|
||||
\o Select \gui {OK}.
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Blackberry Native SDK} or \gui{QNX SDK} field enter the path to your installed Blackberry NDK or QNX SDK respectively.
|
||||
\li Select \gui {OK}.
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -2,15 +2,15 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Connect the device to the development PC or to the Wi-Fi network.
|
||||
\li Connect the device to the development PC or to the Wi-Fi network.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Configure the device and specify a connection to it. For more
|
||||
\li Configure the device and specify a connection to it. For more
|
||||
information, see \l{Connecting QNX Devices}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o If you are running on a BlackBerry device, create an Application
|
||||
\li If you are running on a BlackBerry device, create an Application
|
||||
Descriptor File if it does not already exist. For more information, see \l{Deploying Applications to QNX Devices}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click the \gui Run button.
|
||||
\li Click the \gui Run button.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -37,101 +37,101 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_gettingstarted.png
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_managingprojects.png
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_designinguserinterface.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_gettingstarted.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_managingprojects.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_designinguserinterface.png
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \list
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{Getting Started}}
|
||||
\li \list
|
||||
\li \b {\l{Getting Started}}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{IDE Overview}
|
||||
\o \l{User Interface}
|
||||
\o \l{Building and Running an Example}
|
||||
\o \l{Tutorials}
|
||||
\li \l{IDE Overview}
|
||||
\li \l{User Interface}
|
||||
\li \l{Building and Running an Example}
|
||||
\li \l{Tutorials}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \list
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{Managing Projects}}
|
||||
\li \list
|
||||
\li \b {\l{Managing Projects}}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Creating Projects}
|
||||
\o \l{Using Version Control Systems}
|
||||
\o \l{Configuring Projects}
|
||||
\o \l{Managing Sessions}
|
||||
\li \l{Creating Projects}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Version Control Systems}
|
||||
\li \l{Configuring Projects}
|
||||
\li \l{Managing Sessions}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \list
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{Designing User Interfaces}}
|
||||
\li \list
|
||||
\li \b {\l{Designing User Interfaces}}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Developing Qt Quick Applications}
|
||||
\o \l{Developing Widget Based Applications}
|
||||
\o \l{Optimizing Applications for Mobile Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Developing Qt Quick Applications}
|
||||
\li \l{Developing Widget Based Applications}
|
||||
\li \l{Optimizing Applications for Mobile Devices}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_coding.png
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_buildingrunning.png
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_testing.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_coding.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_buildingrunning.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_testing.png
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \list
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{Coding}}
|
||||
\li \list
|
||||
\li \b {\l{Coding}}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Writing Code}
|
||||
\o \l{Finding}
|
||||
\o \l{Refactoring}
|
||||
\o \l{Configuring the Editor}
|
||||
\li \l{Writing Code}
|
||||
\li \l{Finding}
|
||||
\li \l{Refactoring}
|
||||
\li \l{Configuring the Editor}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \list
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{Building and Running}}
|
||||
\li \list
|
||||
\li \b {\l{Building and Running}}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Building for Multiple Platforms}
|
||||
\o \l{Running on Multiple Platforms}
|
||||
\o \l{Deploying to Mobile Devices}
|
||||
\o \l{Connecting Mobile Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Building for Multiple Platforms}
|
||||
\li \l{Running on Multiple Platforms}
|
||||
\li \l{Deploying to Mobile Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Connecting Mobile Devices}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \list
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{Debugging and Analyzing}}
|
||||
\li \list
|
||||
\li \b {\l{Debugging and Analyzing}}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Debugging}
|
||||
\o \l{Analyzing Code}
|
||||
\li \l{Debugging}
|
||||
\li \l{Analyzing Code}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_publishing.png
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_advanceduse.png
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_gettinghelp.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_publishing.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_advanceduse.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_gettinghelp.png
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \list
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{Publishing}}
|
||||
\li \list
|
||||
\li \b {\l{Publishing}}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Publishing Qt Content for MeeGo Harmattan Devices}
|
||||
\o \l{Publishing Qt Content for Maemo Devices}
|
||||
\o \l{Publishing Maemo Applications to Extras-devel}
|
||||
\li \l{Publishing Qt Content for MeeGo Harmattan Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Publishing Qt Content for Maemo Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Publishing Maemo Applications to Extras-devel}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \list
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{Advanced Use}}
|
||||
\li \list
|
||||
\li \b {\l{Advanced Use}}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Supported Platforms}
|
||||
\o \l{Using Other Build Systems}
|
||||
\o \l{Using Command Line Options}
|
||||
\o \l{Keyboard Shortcuts}
|
||||
\o \l{Using External Tools}
|
||||
\li \l{Supported Platforms}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Other Build Systems}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Command Line Options}
|
||||
\li \l{Keyboard Shortcuts}
|
||||
\li \l{Using External Tools}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \list
|
||||
\o \bold {\l{Getting Help}}
|
||||
\li \list
|
||||
\li \b {\l{Getting Help}}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Using the Help Mode}
|
||||
\o \l{FAQ}
|
||||
\o \l{Tips and Tricks}
|
||||
\o \l{Known Issues}
|
||||
\o \l{Glossary}
|
||||
\li \l{Using the Help Mode}
|
||||
\li \l{FAQ}
|
||||
\li \l{Tips and Tricks}
|
||||
\li \l{Known Issues}
|
||||
\li \l{Glossary}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o {3,1} \note To report bugs and suggestions to the Qt Bug
|
||||
\li {3,1} \note To report bugs and suggestions to the Qt Bug
|
||||
Tracker, select \gui {Help > Report Bug}.
|
||||
|
||||
You can also join the \QC mailing list at:
|
||||
@@ -143,166 +143,166 @@
|
||||
\section1 Table Of Contents
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Getting Started}
|
||||
\li \l{Getting Started}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{IDE Overview}
|
||||
\o \l{User Interface}
|
||||
\o \l{Building and Running an Example}
|
||||
\o \l{Tutorials}
|
||||
\li \l{IDE Overview}
|
||||
\li \l{User Interface}
|
||||
\li \l{Building and Running an Example}
|
||||
\li \l{Tutorials}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Creating a Qt Quick Application}
|
||||
\o \l{Creating a Qt Widget Based Application}
|
||||
\li \l{Creating a Qt Quick Application}
|
||||
\li \l{Creating a Qt Widget Based Application}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Managing Projects}
|
||||
\li \l{Managing Projects}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Creating Projects}
|
||||
\li \l{Creating Projects}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Opening Projects}
|
||||
\o \l{Adding Libraries to Projects}
|
||||
\o \l{Adding New Custom Wizards}
|
||||
\li \l{Opening Projects}
|
||||
\li \l{Adding Libraries to Projects}
|
||||
\li \l{Adding New Custom Wizards}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Using Version Control Systems}
|
||||
\o \l{Configuring Projects}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Version Control Systems}
|
||||
\li \l{Configuring Projects}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Specifying Build Settings}
|
||||
\li \l{Specifying Build Settings}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Adding Kits}
|
||||
\o \l{Adding Qt Versions}
|
||||
\o \l{Adding Compilers}
|
||||
\li \l{Adding Kits}
|
||||
\li \l{Adding Qt Versions}
|
||||
\li \l{Adding Compilers}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Specifying Run Settings}
|
||||
\o \l{Specifying Editor Settings}
|
||||
\o \l{Specifying Code Style Settings}
|
||||
\o \l{Specifying Dependencies}
|
||||
\o \l{Sharing Project Settings}
|
||||
\li \l{Specifying Run Settings}
|
||||
\li \l{Specifying Editor Settings}
|
||||
\li \l{Specifying Code Style Settings}
|
||||
\li \l{Specifying Dependencies}
|
||||
\li \l{Sharing Project Settings}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Managing Sessions}
|
||||
\li \l{Managing Sessions}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Designing User Interfaces}
|
||||
\li \l{Designing User Interfaces}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Developing Qt Quick Applications}
|
||||
\li \l{Developing Qt Quick Applications}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l {Creating Qt Quick Projects}
|
||||
\o \l {Using Qt Quick Designer}
|
||||
\o \l {Creating Components}
|
||||
\o \l {Creating Buttons}
|
||||
\o \l {Creating Scalable Buttons and Borders}
|
||||
\o \l {Creating Screens}
|
||||
\o \l {Animating Screens}
|
||||
\o \l {Adding User Interaction Methods}
|
||||
\o \l {Exporting Designs from Graphics Software}
|
||||
\o \l {Implementing Application Logic}
|
||||
\o \l {Using QML Modules with Plugins}
|
||||
\li \l {Creating Qt Quick Projects}
|
||||
\li \l {Using Qt Quick Designer}
|
||||
\li \l {Creating Components}
|
||||
\li \l {Creating Buttons}
|
||||
\li \l {Creating Scalable Buttons and Borders}
|
||||
\li \l {Creating Screens}
|
||||
\li \l {Animating Screens}
|
||||
\li \l {Adding User Interaction Methods}
|
||||
\li \l {Exporting Designs from Graphics Software}
|
||||
\li \l {Implementing Application Logic}
|
||||
\li \l {Using QML Modules with Plugins}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Developing Widget Based Applications}
|
||||
\li \l{Developing Widget Based Applications}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Adding Qt Designer Plugins}
|
||||
\li \l{Adding Qt Designer Plugins}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Optimizing Applications for Mobile Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Optimizing Applications for Mobile Devices}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Coding}
|
||||
\li \l{Coding}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Writing Code}
|
||||
\li \l{Writing Code}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Working in Edit Mode}
|
||||
\o \l{Semantic Highlighting}
|
||||
\o \l{Checking Code Syntax}
|
||||
\o \l{Completing Code}
|
||||
\o \l{Indenting Code}
|
||||
\o \l{Using Qt Quick Toolbars}
|
||||
\o \l{Pasting and Fetching Code Snippets}
|
||||
\o \l{Using Text Editing Macros}
|
||||
\li \l{Working in Edit Mode}
|
||||
\li \l{Semantic Highlighting}
|
||||
\li \l{Checking Code Syntax}
|
||||
\li \l{Completing Code}
|
||||
\li \l{Indenting Code}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Qt Quick Toolbars}
|
||||
\li \l{Pasting and Fetching Code Snippets}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Text Editing Macros}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Finding}
|
||||
\li \l{Finding}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Finding and Replacing}
|
||||
\o \l{Searching with the Locator}
|
||||
\li \l{Finding and Replacing}
|
||||
\li \l{Searching with the Locator}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Refactoring}
|
||||
\o \l{Configuring the Editor}
|
||||
\li \l{Refactoring}
|
||||
\li \l{Configuring the Editor}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Specifying Text Editor Settings}
|
||||
\o \l{Using FakeVim Mode}
|
||||
\li \l{Specifying Text Editor Settings}
|
||||
\li \l{Using FakeVim Mode}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Editing MIME Types}
|
||||
\li \l{Editing MIME Types}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Building and Running}
|
||||
\li \l{Building and Running}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Building for Multiple Platforms}
|
||||
\o \l{Running on Multiple Platforms}
|
||||
\o \l{Deploying to Mobile Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Building for Multiple Platforms}
|
||||
\li \l{Running on Multiple Platforms}
|
||||
\li \l{Deploying to Mobile Devices}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Deploying Applications to Android Devices}
|
||||
\o \l{Deploying Applications to Linux-Based Devices}
|
||||
\o \l{Deploying Applications to QNX Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Deploying Applications to Android Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Deploying Applications to Linux-Based Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Deploying Applications to QNX Devices}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Connecting Mobile Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Connecting Mobile Devices}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Connecting Android Devices}
|
||||
\o \l{Connecting Embedded Linux Devices}
|
||||
\o \l{Connecting Maemo Devices}
|
||||
\o \l{Connecting MeeGo Harmattan Devices}
|
||||
\o \l{Connecting QNX Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Connecting Android Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Connecting Embedded Linux Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Connecting Maemo Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Connecting MeeGo Harmattan Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Connecting QNX Devices}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Customizing the Build Process}
|
||||
\o \l{Using Maemo or MeeGo Harmattan Emulator}
|
||||
\li \l{Customizing the Build Process}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Maemo or MeeGo Harmattan Emulator}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Debugging and Analyzing}
|
||||
\li \l{Debugging and Analyzing}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Debugging}
|
||||
\li \l{Debugging}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Setting Up Debugger}
|
||||
\o \l{Launching the Debugger}
|
||||
\o \l{Interacting with the Debugger}
|
||||
\o \l{Using Debugging Helpers}
|
||||
\o \l{Debugging Qt Quick Projects}
|
||||
\o \l{Debugging a C++ Example Application}
|
||||
\o \l{Debugging a Qt Quick Example Application}
|
||||
\o \l{Troubleshooting Debugger}
|
||||
\li \l{Setting Up Debugger}
|
||||
\li \l{Launching the Debugger}
|
||||
\li \l{Interacting with the Debugger}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Debugging Helpers}
|
||||
\li \l{Debugging Qt Quick Projects}
|
||||
\li \l{Debugging a C++ Example Application}
|
||||
\li \l{Debugging a Qt Quick Example Application}
|
||||
\li \l{Troubleshooting Debugger}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Analyzing Code}
|
||||
\li \l{Analyzing Code}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Profiling QML Applications}
|
||||
\o \l{Using Valgrind Code Analysis Tools}
|
||||
\li \l{Profiling QML Applications}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Valgrind Code Analysis Tools}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Detecting Memory Leaks}
|
||||
\o \l{Profiling Function Execution}
|
||||
\o \l{Running Valgrind Tools Remotely}
|
||||
\li \l{Detecting Memory Leaks}
|
||||
\li \l{Profiling Function Execution}
|
||||
\li \l{Running Valgrind Tools Remotely}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Publishing}
|
||||
\li \l{Publishing}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Publishing Qt Content for Maemo Devices}
|
||||
\o \l{Publishing Qt Content for MeeGo Harmattan Devices}
|
||||
\o \l{Publishing Maemo Applications to Extras-devel}
|
||||
\li \l{Publishing Qt Content for Maemo Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Publishing Qt Content for MeeGo Harmattan Devices}
|
||||
\li \l{Publishing Maemo Applications to Extras-devel}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Advanced Use}
|
||||
\li \l{Advanced Use}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Supported Platforms}
|
||||
\o \l{Using Other Build Systems}
|
||||
\li \l{Supported Platforms}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Other Build Systems}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Setting Up a CMake Project}
|
||||
\o \l{Setting Up an Autotools Project}
|
||||
\o \l{Setting Up a Generic Project}
|
||||
\li \l{Setting Up a CMake Project}
|
||||
\li \l{Setting Up an Autotools Project}
|
||||
\li \l{Setting Up a Generic Project}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Using Command Line Options}
|
||||
\o \l{Keyboard Shortcuts}
|
||||
\o \l{Using External Tools}
|
||||
\o \l{Showing Task List Files in Issues Pane}
|
||||
\li \l{Using Command Line Options}
|
||||
\li \l{Keyboard Shortcuts}
|
||||
\li \l{Using External Tools}
|
||||
\li \l{Showing Task List Files in Issues Pane}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\o \l{Getting Help}
|
||||
\li \l{Getting Help}
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\o \l{Using the Help Mode}
|
||||
\o \l{FAQ}
|
||||
\o \l{Tips and Tricks}
|
||||
\o \l{Known Issues}
|
||||
\o \l{Glossary}
|
||||
\o \l{Technical Support}
|
||||
\o \l{Acknowledgements}
|
||||
\li \l{Using the Help Mode}
|
||||
\li \l{FAQ}
|
||||
\li \l{Tips and Tricks}
|
||||
\li \l{Known Issues}
|
||||
\li \l{Glossary}
|
||||
\li \l{Technical Support}
|
||||
\li \l{Acknowledgements}
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
\endomit
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -4,10 +4,10 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Arguments field, you can specify command line arguments
|
||||
\li In the \gui Arguments field, you can specify command line arguments
|
||||
to be passed to the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Main QML file}, select the file that \QQV will be
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Main QML file}, select the file that \QQV will be
|
||||
started with.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -42,22 +42,22 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_createproject.png
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_createcomponents.png
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_createscreen.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_createproject.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_createcomponents.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_createscreen.png
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \l {Creating Qt Quick Projects}{Create or import projects.}
|
||||
\o \l {Creating Components}{Create components.}
|
||||
\o \l {Creating Screens}{Create screens.}
|
||||
\li \l {Creating Qt Quick Projects}{Create or import projects.}
|
||||
\li \l {Creating Components}{Create components.}
|
||||
\li \l {Creating Screens}{Create screens.}
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_createanimation.png
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_createuserinter.png
|
||||
\o \inlineimage creator_createcode.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_createanimation.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_createuserinter.png
|
||||
\li \inlineimage creator_createcode.png
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \l {Animating Screens}{Add animation to screens.}
|
||||
\o \l {Adding User Interaction Methods}
|
||||
\li \l {Animating Screens}{Add animation to screens.}
|
||||
\li \l {Adding User Interaction Methods}
|
||||
{Add user interaction methods.}
|
||||
\o \l {Implementing Application Logic}
|
||||
\li \l {Implementing Application Logic}
|
||||
{Implement the application logic.}
|
||||
\endtable
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -65,12 +65,12 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
\if defined(qcmanual)
|
||||
\o \l {Using Qt Quick Designer}
|
||||
\o \l {Creating Buttons}
|
||||
\o \l {Creating Scalable Buttons and Borders}
|
||||
\li \l {Using Qt Quick Designer}
|
||||
\li \l {Creating Buttons}
|
||||
\li \l {Creating Scalable Buttons and Borders}
|
||||
\endif
|
||||
\o \l {Exporting Designs from Graphics Software}
|
||||
\o \l {Using QML Modules with Plugins}
|
||||
\li \l {Exporting Designs from Graphics Software}
|
||||
\li \l {Using QML Modules with Plugins}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -54,28 +54,28 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui{File > New File or Project > Applications >
|
||||
\li Select \gui{File > New File or Project > Applications >
|
||||
Qt Quick 1 Application (Built-in Elements) > Choose}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui{Name} field, type \bold {Transitions}.
|
||||
\li In the \gui{Name} field, type \b {Transitions}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui {Create in} field, enter the path for the project files.
|
||||
\li In the \gui {Create in} field, enter the path for the project files.
|
||||
For example, \c {C:\Qt\examples}, and then click \gui{Next} (on
|
||||
Windows and Linux) or \gui Continue (on Mac OS).
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \l{glossary-buildandrun-kit}{kits} for running and building your project,
|
||||
\li Select \l{glossary-buildandrun-kit}{kits} for running and building your project,
|
||||
and then click \gui{Next}.
|
||||
|
||||
\note Kits are listed if they have been specified in \gui Tools >
|
||||
\gui Options > \gui {Build & Run} > \gui Kits.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Next in the following dialogs to use the default
|
||||
\li Select \gui Next in the following dialogs to use the default
|
||||
settings.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Review the project settings, and click \gui{Finish} (on Windows and
|
||||
\li Review the project settings, and click \gui{Finish} (on Windows and
|
||||
Linux) or \gui Done (on Mac OS) to create the project.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Press \key {Ctrl+R} (or \key {Cmd+R})to run the application.
|
||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+R} (or \key {Cmd+R})to run the application.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -98,62 +98,62 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Projects view, double-click the main.qml file
|
||||
\li In the \gui Projects view, double-click the main.qml file
|
||||
to open it in the code editor.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui Design to open the file in \QMLD.
|
||||
\li Click \gui Design to open the file in \QMLD.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qmldesigner-tutorial-desing-mode.png "Transitions project in Design Mode"
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Navigator pane, select \gui Text and press \key Delete to
|
||||
\li In the \gui Navigator pane, select \gui Text and press \key Delete to
|
||||
delete it.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui Rectangle to edit its properties.
|
||||
\li Select \gui Rectangle to edit its properties.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qmldesigner-tutorial-page.png "Page properties"
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Id field, enter \e page, to be able to reference the
|
||||
\li In the \gui Id field, enter \e page, to be able to reference the
|
||||
rectangle from other places.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Colors group, \gui Rectangle field, set the color to
|
||||
\li In the \gui Colors group, \gui Rectangle field, set the color to
|
||||
#343434.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Library view, \gui Resources tab, select states.png and
|
||||
\li In the \gui Library view, \gui Resources tab, select states.png and
|
||||
drag and drop it to the canvas.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qmldesigner-tutorial-user-icon.png "Image properties"
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Id field, enter \e icon.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Id field, enter \e icon.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Position field, set \gui X to 10 and \gui Y to 20.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Position field, set \gui X to 10 and \gui Y to 20.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Library view, \gui Items tab, select \gui Rectangle,
|
||||
\li In the \gui Library view, \gui Items tab, select \gui Rectangle,
|
||||
drag and drop it to the canvas, and edit its properties.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qmldesigner-tutorial-topleftrect.png "Rectangle properties"
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Id field, enter \e topLeftRect.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Id field, enter \e topLeftRect.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Size field, set \gui W and \gui H to 64, for the
|
||||
\li In the \gui Size field, set \gui W and \gui H to 64, for the
|
||||
rectangle size to match the image size.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Colors group, \gui Rectangle field, click the
|
||||
\li In the \gui Colors group, \gui Rectangle field, click the
|
||||
\inlineimage qmldesigner-transparent-button.png
|
||||
(\gui Transparent) button to make the rectangle transparent.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Border field, set the border color to #808080.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Border field, set the border color to #808080.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Rectangle group, \gui Border field, set the border
|
||||
\li In the \gui Rectangle group, \gui Border field, set the border
|
||||
width to 1.
|
||||
|
||||
\note If the \gui Border field does not appear after you set the
|
||||
@@ -162,34 +162,34 @@
|
||||
\inlineimage qmldesigner-solid-color-button.png
|
||||
(\gui {Solid Color}) button.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Radius field, select 6 to create rounded corners for
|
||||
\li In the \gui Radius field, select 6 to create rounded corners for
|
||||
the rectangle.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui {Layout}, and then click the top and left anchor
|
||||
\li Click \gui {Layout}, and then click the top and left anchor
|
||||
buttons to anchor the rectangle to the top left corner of the
|
||||
page.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qmldesigner-tutorial-topleftrect-layout.png "Layout tab"
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Margin field, select 20 for the top anchor and 10
|
||||
\li In the \gui Margin field, select 20 for the top anchor and 10
|
||||
for the left anchor.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Navigator pane, drag and drop the \gui {Mouse Area}
|
||||
\li In the \gui Navigator pane, drag and drop the \gui {Mouse Area}
|
||||
element from \e page to \e topLeftRect to make it apply only to the
|
||||
rectangle and not to the whole page.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Edit \gui {Mouse Area} properties:
|
||||
\li Edit \gui {Mouse Area} properties:
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui {Layout}, and then click the
|
||||
\li Click \gui {Layout}, and then click the
|
||||
\inlineimage qmldesigner-anchor-fill-screen.png
|
||||
(\gui {Fill to Parent}) button to anchor the mouse area to the
|
||||
rectangle.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the code editor, edit the pointer to the clicked expression
|
||||
\li In the code editor, edit the pointer to the clicked expression
|
||||
in the mouse area element, as illustrated by the following code
|
||||
snippet:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -209,25 +209,25 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\snippet transitions/qml/Transitions/main.qml 0
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Navigator pane, copy topLeftRect (by pressing
|
||||
\li In the \gui Navigator pane, copy topLeftRect (by pressing
|
||||
\key {Ctrl+C}) and paste it to the canvas twice (by pressing
|
||||
\key {Ctrl+V}). \QC renames the new instances of the element
|
||||
topLeftRect1 and topLeftRect2.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select topLeftRect1 and edit its properties:
|
||||
\li Select topLeftRect1 and edit its properties:
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Id field, enter \e middleRightRect.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Id field, enter \e middleRightRect.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In \gui {Layout}, select the vertical center anchor button and
|
||||
\li In \gui {Layout}, select the vertical center anchor button and
|
||||
then the right anchor button to
|
||||
anchor the rectangle to the middle right margin of the screen.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Margin field, select 10 for the right anchor and 0
|
||||
\li In the \gui Margin field, select 10 for the right anchor and 0
|
||||
for the vertical center anchor.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the code editor,add a pointer to a clicked expression to the
|
||||
\li In the code editor,add a pointer to a clicked expression to the
|
||||
mouse area element. The following expression sets the state to
|
||||
\e State1:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -237,19 +237,19 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select topLeftRect2 and edit its properties:
|
||||
\li Select topLeftRect2 and edit its properties:
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Id field, enter \e bottomLeftRect.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Id field, enter \e bottomLeftRect.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In \gui {Layout}, select the bottom and left anchor buttons to
|
||||
\li In \gui {Layout}, select the bottom and left anchor buttons to
|
||||
anchor the rectangle to the bottom left margin of the screen.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Margin field, select 20 for the bottom anchor and 10
|
||||
\li In the \gui Margin field, select 20 for the bottom anchor and 10
|
||||
for the left anchor.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the code editor, add a pointer to a clicked expression to the
|
||||
\li In the code editor, add a pointer to a clicked expression to the
|
||||
mouse area element. The following expression sets the state to
|
||||
\e State2:
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -263,9 +263,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o Press \key {Ctrl+S} to save the changes.
|
||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+S} to save the changes.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Press \key {Ctrl+R} to run the application.
|
||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+R} to run the application.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -283,11 +283,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click the empty slot in the \gui States pane to create State1.
|
||||
\li Click the empty slot in the \gui States pane to create State1.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click the empty slot in the \gui States pane to create State2.
|
||||
\li Click the empty slot in the \gui States pane to create State2.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the code editor, bind the position of the Qt logo to the
|
||||
\li In the code editor, bind the position of the Qt logo to the
|
||||
rectangle to make sure that the logo is displayed within the
|
||||
rectangle when the view is scaled on different sizes of screens. Set
|
||||
expressions for the x and y properties, as illustrated by the
|
||||
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@
|
||||
\note When you set the expressions, drag and drop is disabled for
|
||||
the icon in \QMLD.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Press \key {Ctrl+R} to run the application.
|
||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+R} to run the application.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -315,42 +315,42 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the code editor, add the following code to specify that when
|
||||
\li In the code editor, add the following code to specify that when
|
||||
moving to State1, the x and y coordinates of the Qt logo change
|
||||
linearly over a duration of 1 second:
|
||||
|
||||
\snippet qml/list-of-transitions.qml first transition
|
||||
|
||||
\o You can use the Qt Quick toolbar for animation to change the easing
|
||||
\li You can use the Qt Quick toolbar for animation to change the easing
|
||||
curve type from linear to OutBounce:
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui NumberAnimation in the code editor to display the
|
||||
\li Click \gui NumberAnimation in the code editor to display the
|
||||
\inlineimage qml-toolbar-indicator.png
|
||||
icon, and then click the icon to open the toolbar:
|
||||
|
||||
\image qmldesigner-tutorial-quick-toolbar.png "Qt Quick toolbar for animation"
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Easing field, select \gui Bounce.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Easing field, select \gui Bounce.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Subtype field, select \gui Out.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Subtype field, select \gui Out.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o Add the following code to specify that when moving to State2, the x
|
||||
\li Add the following code to specify that when moving to State2, the x
|
||||
and y coordinates of the Qt logo change over a duration of 2
|
||||
seconds, and an InOutQuad easing function is used:
|
||||
|
||||
\snippet qml/list-of-transitions.qml second transition
|
||||
|
||||
\o Add the following code to specify that for any other state changes,
|
||||
\li Add the following code to specify that for any other state changes,
|
||||
the x and y coordinates of the Qt logo change linearly over a
|
||||
duration of 200 milliseconds:
|
||||
|
||||
\snippet qml/list-of-transitions.qml default transition
|
||||
|
||||
\o Press \key {Ctrl+R} to run the application.
|
||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+R} to run the application.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -34,57 +34,57 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {File > New File or Project > Qt > QML File > Choose}
|
||||
\li Select \gui {File > New File or Project > Qt > QML File > Choose}
|
||||
to create a QML file called Button.qml (for example).
|
||||
|
||||
\note Components are listed in the \gui Library pane only if the
|
||||
filename begins with a capital letter.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui {Design} to edit the file in the visual editor.
|
||||
\li Click \gui {Design} to edit the file in the visual editor.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Navigator pane, click \gui Rectangle to set properties
|
||||
\li In the \gui Navigator pane, click \gui Rectangle to set properties
|
||||
for it.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Properties pane, modify the appearance of the button.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Properties pane, modify the appearance of the button.
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Size field, set the width (\gui W) and height
|
||||
\li In the \gui Size field, set the width (\gui W) and height
|
||||
(\gui H) of the button.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Color field, select the button color.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Color field, select the button color.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Radius field, use the slider to set the radius of
|
||||
\li In the \gui Radius field, use the slider to set the radius of
|
||||
the rectangle and produce rounded corners for the button.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o Drag and drop a \gui {Text} item on top of the \gui Rectangle. This
|
||||
\li Drag and drop a \gui {Text} item on top of the \gui Rectangle. This
|
||||
creates a nested element where \gui Rectangle is the parent element
|
||||
of \gui Text. Elements are positioned relative to their parents.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Properties pane, edit the properties of the \gui Text
|
||||
\li In the \gui Properties pane, edit the properties of the \gui Text
|
||||
item.
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Text field, type \bold Button.
|
||||
\li In the \gui Text field, type \b Button.
|
||||
|
||||
You can select the text color in the \gui Color section and the
|
||||
font, size, and style in the
|
||||
\gui Font section.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Alignment field, select the center buttons to align
|
||||
\li In the \gui Alignment field, select the center buttons to align
|
||||
the text to the center of the button.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui {Layout}, and then click the
|
||||
\li Click \gui {Layout}, and then click the
|
||||
\inlineimage qmldesigner-anchor-fill-screen.png
|
||||
(\gui {Fill to Parent}) button to anchor the text to the whole
|
||||
button area.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o Press \key {Ctrl+S} to save the button.
|
||||
\li Press \key {Ctrl+S} to save the button.
|
||||
|
||||
\image qmldesigner-button.png "Button component"
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -131,12 +131,12 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {File > New File or Project > Qt > QML File > Choose}
|
||||
\li Select \gui {File > New File or Project > Qt > QML File > Choose}
|
||||
to create a QML file called Button.qml (for example).
|
||||
|
||||
\o Double-click the file to open it in the code editor.
|
||||
\li Double-click the file to open it in the code editor.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Replace the \gui Rectangle with an \gui Item, as illustrated by the
|
||||
\li Replace the \gui Rectangle with an \gui Item, as illustrated by the
|
||||
following code snippet:
|
||||
|
||||
\qml
|
||||
@@ -145,93 +145,93 @@
|
||||
}
|
||||
\endqml
|
||||
|
||||
\o Specify properties and set expressions for the \gui Item, as
|
||||
\li Specify properties and set expressions for the \gui Item, as
|
||||
illustrated by the following code snippet:
|
||||
|
||||
\snippet snippets/qml/quick-scalable-image.qml properties and signal definitions
|
||||
|
||||
You will point to the properties and expression later.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui {Design} to edit the file in the visual editor.
|
||||
\li Click \gui {Design} to edit the file in the visual editor.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Drag and drop two \gui {Border Image} items from the \gui Library pane
|
||||
\li Drag and drop two \gui {Border Image} items from the \gui Library pane
|
||||
to the scene.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Drag and drop a \gui Text item to the scene.
|
||||
\li Drag and drop a \gui Text item to the scene.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Drag and drop a \gui {Mouse Area} to the screen.
|
||||
\li Drag and drop a \gui {Mouse Area} to the screen.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Navigator pane, select \gui border_image1 to specify
|
||||
\li In the \gui Navigator pane, select \gui border_image1 to specify
|
||||
settings for it in the \gui Properties pane:
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Set Expression} in the menu next to the
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Set Expression} in the menu next to the
|
||||
\gui Visibility check box.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Enter the following expression to specify that the image is
|
||||
\li Enter the following expression to specify that the image is
|
||||
visible when the mouse is not pressed down:
|
||||
\c {!mouse_area1.pressed}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Source field, select the image file for the button,
|
||||
\li In the \gui Source field, select the image file for the button,
|
||||
for example button_up.png.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui {Layout}, and then click the
|
||||
\li Click \gui {Layout}, and then click the
|
||||
\inlineimage qmldesigner-anchor-fill-screen.png
|
||||
(\gui {Fill to Parent}) button to anchor the border image to the
|
||||
\gui Item.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui border_image2 to specify similar settings for it:
|
||||
\li Select \gui border_image2 to specify similar settings for it:
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o Set the following epression for \gui Visibility, to specify that
|
||||
\li Set the following epression for \gui Visibility, to specify that
|
||||
the image is visible when the mouse is pressed down:
|
||||
\c {mouse_area1.pressed}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Source field, select the image file for the button
|
||||
\li In the \gui Source field, select the image file for the button
|
||||
when it is clicked, for example button_down.png.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui {Layout}, and then click the
|
||||
\li Click \gui {Layout}, and then click the
|
||||
\gui {Fill to Parent}
|
||||
button to anchor the border image to the \gui Item.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui text1 to specify font size and color, and text
|
||||
\li Select \gui text1 to specify font size and color, and text
|
||||
scaling and rendering:
|
||||
|
||||
\list a
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Color field, use the color picker to select
|
||||
\li In the \gui Color field, use the color picker to select
|
||||
the font color, or enter a value in the field.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Text field, select \gui {Set Expression} and
|
||||
\li In the \gui Text field, select \gui {Set Expression} and
|
||||
enter a pointer to the \c {text} property that you specified
|
||||
earlier: \c {parent.txt}.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select the \gui Smooth check box to enable smooth text
|
||||
\li Select the \gui Smooth check box to enable smooth text
|
||||
rendering.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Size field, select \gui {Pixels} to specify the font
|
||||
\li In the \gui Size field, select \gui {Pixels} to specify the font
|
||||
size in pixels. By default, the size is specified in points.
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the \gui Size field, select \gui {Set Expression} and enter a
|
||||
\li In the \gui Size field, select \gui {Set Expression} and enter a
|
||||
pointer to the \c {fontSize} property that you specified
|
||||
earlier.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui {Layout}, and then click the
|
||||
\li Click \gui {Layout}, and then click the
|
||||
\inlineimage qmldesigner-center-in.png "Anchor buttons"
|
||||
(\gui {Set Vertical Anchor} and \gui {Set Horizontal Anchor})
|
||||
buttons to inherit the vertical and horizontal centering from
|
||||
the parent.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui Advanced to specify scaling for the text in the
|
||||
\li Click \gui Advanced to specify scaling for the text in the
|
||||
\gui Scale field.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {Set Expression} and enter the following expression:
|
||||
\li Select \gui {Set Expression} and enter the following expression:
|
||||
\c {if (!mousearea1.pressed) { 1 } else { 0.95 }}.
|
||||
|
||||
\note You can enter long and complicated expressions also in the
|
||||
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
\o In the code editor, add to the \c MouseArea item a pointer to the
|
||||
\li In the code editor, add to the \c MouseArea item a pointer to the
|
||||
\c clicked expression that you added earlier:
|
||||
\c {onClicked: parent.clicked()}.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -41,34 +41,34 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qml-borderimage.html}
|
||||
\li \l{http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qml-borderimage.html}
|
||||
{Border Image}
|
||||
uses an image as a border or background.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qml-image.html}{Image}
|
||||
\li \l{http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qml-image.html}{Image}
|
||||
adds a bitmap to the scene. You can stretch and tile images.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qml-item.html}{Item}
|
||||
\li \l{http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qml-item.html}{Item}
|
||||
is the most basic of all visual items in QML. Even though it has no
|
||||
visual appearance, it defines all the properties that are common
|
||||
across visual items, such as the x and y position, width and height,
|
||||
anchoring, and key handling.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qml-rectangle.html}{Rectangle}
|
||||
\li \l{http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qml-rectangle.html}{Rectangle}
|
||||
adds a rectangle that is painted with a solid fill color and an
|
||||
optional border. You can also use the radius property to create
|
||||
rounded rectangles.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qml-text.html}{Text}
|
||||
\li \l{http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qml-text.html}{Text}
|
||||
adds formatted read-only text.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qml-textedit.html}{Text Edit}
|
||||
\li \l{http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qml-textedit.html}{Text Edit}
|
||||
adds a single line of editable formatted text that can be validated.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qml-textinput.html}{Text Input}
|
||||
\li \l{http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qml-textinput.html}{Text Input}
|
||||
adds a single line of editable plain text that can be validated.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qml-webview.html}{Web View}
|
||||
\li \l{http://qt-project.org/doc/qt-4.8/qml-webview.html}{Web View}
|
||||
adds web content to a canvas.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
@@ -88,18 +88,18 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list 1
|
||||
|
||||
\o Select \gui {File > New File or Project > Files and Classes > QML
|
||||
\li Select \gui {File > New File or Project > Files and Classes > QML
|
||||
> Choose} to create a new .qml file.
|
||||
|
||||
\note Components are listed in the \gui {QML Components} section of
|
||||
the \gui Library pane only if the filename begins with a capital
|
||||
letter.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Click \gui Design to open the .qml file in \QMLD.
|
||||
\li Click \gui Design to open the .qml file in \QMLD.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Drag and drop an item from the \gui Library pane to the editor.
|
||||
\li Drag and drop an item from the \gui Library pane to the editor.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Edit item properties in the \gui Properties pane.
|
||||
\li Edit item properties in the \gui Properties pane.
|
||||
|
||||
The available properties depend on the item.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -111,9 +111,9 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Creating Buttons}
|
||||
\li \l{Creating Buttons}
|
||||
|
||||
\o \l{Creating Scalable Buttons and Borders}
|
||||
\li \l{Creating Scalable Buttons and Borders}
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui {Qt Quick Application} creates a Qt Quick application project
|
||||
\li \gui {Qt Quick Application} creates a Qt Quick application project
|
||||
that can contain both QML and C++ code. The project includes a
|
||||
QDeclarativeView. You can build the application and deploy it on
|
||||
desktop and mobile target platforms.
|
||||
@@ -57,19 +57,19 @@
|
||||
|
||||
The Qt Quick 2 Application wizard imports Qt Quick 2.0. Use it to
|
||||
develop for platforms that run Qt 5.
|
||||
\o \gui {Qt Quick UI} creates a Qt Quick UI project with a single QML
|
||||
\li \gui {Qt Quick UI} creates a Qt Quick UI project with a single QML
|
||||
file that contains the main view. You can review Qt Quick UI
|
||||
projects in a \l{Previewing QML Files}{preview tool} and you need
|
||||
not build them. You do not
|
||||
need to have the development environment installed on your
|
||||
computer to create and run this type of project.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui {Qt Quick 1 Application (from Existing QML File)} converts
|
||||
\li \gui {Qt Quick 1 Application (from Existing QML File)} converts
|
||||
existing Qt Quick 1 applications to Qt Quick application projects.
|
||||
This enables you to run them from \QC and to deploy them to mobile
|
||||
devices.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui {Qt Quick Extension Plugins} (in the \gui Libraries category)
|
||||
\li \gui {Qt Quick Extension Plugins} (in the \gui Libraries category)
|
||||
create C++ plugins that make it possible to offer extensions that
|
||||
can be loaded dynamically into Qt Quick applications. Select
|
||||
\gui {Qt Quick 1 Extension Plugin} to create extensions for
|
||||
@@ -87,11 +87,11 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o .qmlproject project file defines that all QML, JavaScript, and image
|
||||
\li .qmlproject project file defines that all QML, JavaScript, and image
|
||||
files in the project folder belong to the project. Therefore, you do
|
||||
not need to individually list all the files in the project.
|
||||
|
||||
\o .qml file defines an element, such as a component, screen, or the
|
||||
\li .qml file defines an element, such as a component, screen, or the
|
||||
whole application UI.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -43,22 +43,22 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui {Navigator} pane (1) displays the QML elements in the current QML
|
||||
\li \gui {Navigator} pane (1) displays the QML elements in the current QML
|
||||
file as tree structure.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui {Library} pane (2) displays the building blocks that you can use to
|
||||
\li \gui {Library} pane (2) displays the building blocks that you can use to
|
||||
design applications: predefined QML elements, your own QML
|
||||
components, Qt Quick components that you import to the project, and
|
||||
other resources.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui Canvas (3) is the working area where you create QML components and
|
||||
\li \gui Canvas (3) is the working area where you create QML components and
|
||||
design applications.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui {Properties} pane (4) organizes the properties of the selected QML
|
||||
\li \gui {Properties} pane (4) organizes the properties of the selected QML
|
||||
element or QML component. You can change the properties also in the
|
||||
code editor.
|
||||
|
||||
\o \gui {State} pane (5) displays the different states of the component.
|
||||
\li \gui {State} pane (5) displays the different states of the component.
|
||||
QML states typically describe user interface configurations, such as
|
||||
the UI elements, their properties and behavior and the available
|
||||
actions.
|
||||
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o \c {import com.nokia.meego 1.0} for MeeGo
|
||||
\li \c {import com.nokia.meego 1.0} for MeeGo
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -216,23 +216,23 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\table
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \image qmldesigner-boolean-true.png
|
||||
\o TRUE
|
||||
\o The element is visible by default. The visibility might be
|
||||
\li \image qmldesigner-boolean-true.png
|
||||
\li TRUE
|
||||
\li The element is visible by default. The visibility might be
|
||||
overridden by the visibility set in the base state.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \image qmldesigner-boolean-true-blue.png
|
||||
\o TRUE (highlighted)
|
||||
\o The element is explicitly set to visible.
|
||||
\li \image qmldesigner-boolean-true-blue.png
|
||||
\li TRUE (highlighted)
|
||||
\li The element is explicitly set to visible.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \image qmldesigner-boolean-false.png
|
||||
\o FALSE
|
||||
\o The element is hidden by default. The visibility might be
|
||||
\li \image qmldesigner-boolean-false.png
|
||||
\li FALSE
|
||||
\li The element is hidden by default. The visibility might be
|
||||
overridden by the visibility set in the base state.
|
||||
\row
|
||||
\o \image qmldesigner-boolean-false-blue.png
|
||||
\o FALSE (hightlighted)
|
||||
\o The item is explicitly set to hidden.
|
||||
\li \image qmldesigner-boolean-false-blue.png
|
||||
\li FALSE (hightlighted)
|
||||
\li The item is explicitly set to hidden.
|
||||
\endtable
|
||||
|
||||
\section2 Setting Expressions
|
||||
@@ -409,17 +409,17 @@
|
||||
|
||||
\list
|
||||
|
||||
\o Show some UI elements and hide others.
|
||||
\li Show some UI elements and hide others.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Present different available actions to the user.
|
||||
\li Present different available actions to the user.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Start, stop or pause animations.
|
||||
\li Start, stop or pause animations.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Execute some script required in the new state.
|
||||
\li Execute some script required in the new state.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Change a property value for a particular item.
|
||||
\li Change a property value for a particular item.
|
||||
|
||||
\o Show a different view or screen.
|
||||
\li Show a different view or screen.
|
||||
|
||||
\endlist
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user